Details | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed
| Rev | Author | Line No. | Line | 
|---|---|---|---|
| 14 | pmbaty | 1 | //===--- Expr.h - Classes for representing expressions ----------*- C++ -*-===// | 
| 2 | // | ||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||
| 6 | // | ||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||
| 8 | // | ||
| 9 | //  This file defines the Expr interface and subclasses. | ||
| 10 | // | ||
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||
| 12 | |||
| 13 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H | ||
| 14 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H | ||
| 15 | |||
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" | ||
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTVector.h" | ||
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/ComputeDependence.h" | ||
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | ||
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h" | ||
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | ||
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h" | ||
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/Stmt.h" | ||
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h" | ||
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" | ||
| 26 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" | ||
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" | ||
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/SyncScope.h" | ||
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" | ||
| 30 | #include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h" | ||
| 31 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" | ||
| 32 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" | ||
| 33 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" | ||
| 34 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h" | ||
| 35 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" | ||
| 36 | #include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h" | ||
| 37 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" | ||
| 38 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" | ||
| 39 | #include <optional> | ||
| 40 | |||
| 41 | namespace clang { | ||
| 42 | class APValue; | ||
| 43 | class ASTContext; | ||
| 44 | class BlockDecl; | ||
| 45 | class CXXBaseSpecifier; | ||
| 46 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; | ||
| 47 | class CXXOperatorCallExpr; | ||
| 48 | class CastExpr; | ||
| 49 | class Decl; | ||
| 50 | class IdentifierInfo; | ||
| 51 | class MaterializeTemporaryExpr; | ||
| 52 | class NamedDecl; | ||
| 53 | class ObjCPropertyRefExpr; | ||
| 54 | class OpaqueValueExpr; | ||
| 55 | class ParmVarDecl; | ||
| 56 | class StringLiteral; | ||
| 57 | class TargetInfo; | ||
| 58 | class ValueDecl; | ||
| 59 | |||
| 60 | /// A simple array of base specifiers. | ||
| 61 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; | ||
| 62 | |||
| 63 | /// An adjustment to be made to the temporary created when emitting a | ||
| 64 | /// reference binding, which accesses a particular subobject of that temporary. | ||
| 65 | struct SubobjectAdjustment { | ||
| 66 | enum { | ||
| 67 | DerivedToBaseAdjustment, | ||
| 68 | FieldAdjustment, | ||
| 69 | MemberPointerAdjustment | ||
| 70 | } Kind; | ||
| 71 | |||
| 72 | struct DTB { | ||
| 73 | const CastExpr *BasePath; | ||
| 74 | const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass; | ||
| 75 | }; | ||
| 76 | |||
| 77 | struct P { | ||
| 78 | const MemberPointerType *MPT; | ||
| 79 | Expr *RHS; | ||
| 80 | }; | ||
| 81 | |||
| 82 | union { | ||
| 83 | struct DTB DerivedToBase; | ||
| 84 | FieldDecl *Field; | ||
| 85 | struct P Ptr; | ||
| 86 | }; | ||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | SubobjectAdjustment(const CastExpr *BasePath, | ||
| 89 | const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedClass) | ||
| 90 | : Kind(DerivedToBaseAdjustment) { | ||
| 91 | DerivedToBase.BasePath = BasePath; | ||
| 92 | DerivedToBase.DerivedClass = DerivedClass; | ||
| 93 |   } | ||
| 94 | |||
| 95 | SubobjectAdjustment(FieldDecl *Field) | ||
| 96 | : Kind(FieldAdjustment) { | ||
| 97 | this->Field = Field; | ||
| 98 |   } | ||
| 99 | |||
| 100 | SubobjectAdjustment(const MemberPointerType *MPT, Expr *RHS) | ||
| 101 | : Kind(MemberPointerAdjustment) { | ||
| 102 | this->Ptr.MPT = MPT; | ||
| 103 | this->Ptr.RHS = RHS; | ||
| 104 |   } | ||
| 105 | }; | ||
| 106 | |||
| 107 | /// This represents one expression.  Note that Expr's are subclasses of Stmt. | ||
| 108 | /// This allows an expression to be transparently used any place a Stmt is | ||
| 109 | /// required. | ||
| 110 | class Expr : public ValueStmt { | ||
| 111 |   QualType TR; | ||
| 112 | |||
| 113 | public: | ||
| 114 | Expr() = delete; | ||
| 115 | Expr(const Expr&) = delete; | ||
| 116 | Expr(Expr &&) = delete; | ||
| 117 | Expr &operator=(const Expr&) = delete; | ||
| 118 | Expr &operator=(Expr&&) = delete; | ||
| 119 | |||
| 120 | protected: | ||
| 121 | Expr(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK) | ||
| 122 | : ValueStmt(SC) { | ||
| 123 | ExprBits.Dependent = 0; | ||
| 124 | ExprBits.ValueKind = VK; | ||
| 125 | ExprBits.ObjectKind = OK; | ||
| 126 | assert(ExprBits.ObjectKind == OK && "truncated kind"); | ||
| 127 | setType(T); | ||
| 128 |   } | ||
| 129 | |||
| 130 |   /// Construct an empty expression. | ||
| 131 | explicit Expr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell) : ValueStmt(SC) { } | ||
| 132 | |||
| 133 |   /// Each concrete expr subclass is expected to compute its dependence and call | ||
| 134 |   /// this in the constructor. | ||
| 135 | void setDependence(ExprDependence Deps) { | ||
| 136 | ExprBits.Dependent = static_cast<unsigned>(Deps); | ||
| 137 |   } | ||
| 138 | friend class ASTImporter; // Sets dependence dircetly. | ||
| 139 | friend class ASTStmtReader; // Sets dependence dircetly. | ||
| 140 | |||
| 141 | public: | ||
| 142 | QualType getType() const { return TR; } | ||
| 143 | void setType(QualType t) { | ||
| 144 |     // In C++, the type of an expression is always adjusted so that it | ||
| 145 |     // will not have reference type (C++ [expr]p6). Use | ||
| 146 |     // QualType::getNonReferenceType() to retrieve the non-reference | ||
| 147 |     // type. Additionally, inspect Expr::isLvalue to determine whether | ||
| 148 |     // an expression that is adjusted in this manner should be | ||
| 149 |     // considered an lvalue. | ||
| 150 | assert((t.isNull() || !t->isReferenceType()) && | ||
| 151 | "Expressions can't have reference type"); | ||
| 152 | |||
| 153 | TR = t; | ||
| 154 |   } | ||
| 155 | |||
| 156 | ExprDependence getDependence() const { | ||
| 157 | return static_cast<ExprDependence>(ExprBits.Dependent); | ||
| 158 |   } | ||
| 159 | |||
| 160 |   /// Determines whether the value of this expression depends on | ||
| 161 |   ///   - a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]) | ||
| 162 |   ///   - or an error, whose resolution is unknown | ||
| 163 |   /// | ||
| 164 |   /// For example, the array bound of "Chars" in the following example is | ||
| 165 |   /// value-dependent. | ||
| 166 |   /// @code | ||
| 167 |   /// template<int Size, char (&Chars)[Size]> struct meta_string; | ||
| 168 |   /// @endcode | ||
| 169 | bool isValueDependent() const { | ||
| 170 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Value); | ||
| 171 |   } | ||
| 172 | |||
| 173 |   /// Determines whether the type of this expression depends on | ||
| 174 |   ///   - a template paramter (C++ [temp.dep.expr], which means that its type | ||
| 175 |   ///     could change from one template instantiation to the next) | ||
| 176 |   ///   - or an error | ||
| 177 |   /// | ||
| 178 |   /// For example, the expressions "x" and "x + y" are type-dependent in | ||
| 179 |   /// the following code, but "y" is not type-dependent: | ||
| 180 |   /// @code | ||
| 181 |   /// template<typename T> | ||
| 182 |   /// void add(T x, int y) { | ||
| 183 |   ///   x + y; | ||
| 184 |   /// } | ||
| 185 |   /// @endcode | ||
| 186 | bool isTypeDependent() const { | ||
| 187 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Type); | ||
| 188 |   } | ||
| 189 | |||
| 190 |   /// Whether this expression is instantiation-dependent, meaning that | ||
| 191 |   /// it depends in some way on | ||
| 192 |   ///    - a template parameter (even if neither its type nor (constant) value | ||
| 193 |   ///      can change due to the template instantiation) | ||
| 194 |   ///    - or an error | ||
| 195 |   /// | ||
| 196 |   /// In the following example, the expression \c sizeof(sizeof(T() + T())) is | ||
| 197 |   /// instantiation-dependent (since it involves a template parameter \c T), but | ||
| 198 |   /// is neither type- nor value-dependent, since the type of the inner | ||
| 199 |   /// \c sizeof is known (\c std::size_t) and therefore the size of the outer | ||
| 200 |   /// \c sizeof is known. | ||
| 201 |   /// | ||
| 202 |   /// \code | ||
| 203 |   /// template<typename T> | ||
| 204 |   /// void f(T x, T y) { | ||
| 205 |   ///   sizeof(sizeof(T() + T()); | ||
| 206 |   /// } | ||
| 207 |   /// \endcode | ||
| 208 |   /// | ||
| 209 |   /// \code | ||
| 210 |   /// void func(int) { | ||
| 211 |   ///   func(); // the expression is instantiation-dependent, because it depends | ||
| 212 |   ///           // on an error. | ||
| 213 |   /// } | ||
| 214 |   /// \endcode | ||
| 215 | bool isInstantiationDependent() const { | ||
| 216 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Instantiation); | ||
| 217 |   } | ||
| 218 | |||
| 219 |   /// Whether this expression contains an unexpanded parameter | ||
| 220 |   /// pack (for C++11 variadic templates). | ||
| 221 |   /// | ||
| 222 |   /// Given the following function template: | ||
| 223 |   /// | ||
| 224 |   /// \code | ||
| 225 |   /// template<typename F, typename ...Types> | ||
| 226 |   /// void forward(const F &f, Types &&...args) { | ||
| 227 |   ///   f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...); | ||
| 228 |   /// } | ||
| 229 |   /// \endcode | ||
| 230 |   /// | ||
| 231 |   /// The expressions \c args and \c static_cast<Types&&>(args) both | ||
| 232 |   /// contain parameter packs. | ||
| 233 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { | ||
| 234 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::UnexpandedPack); | ||
| 235 |   } | ||
| 236 | |||
| 237 |   /// Whether this expression contains subexpressions which had errors, e.g. a | ||
| 238 |   /// TypoExpr. | ||
| 239 | bool containsErrors() const { | ||
| 240 | return static_cast<bool>(getDependence() & ExprDependence::Error); | ||
| 241 |   } | ||
| 242 | |||
| 243 |   /// getExprLoc - Return the preferred location for the arrow when diagnosing | ||
| 244 |   /// a problem with a generic expression. | ||
| 245 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 246 | |||
| 247 |   /// Determine whether an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion should implicitly be | ||
| 248 |   /// applied to this expression if it appears as a discarded-value expression | ||
| 249 |   /// in C++11 onwards. This applies to certain forms of volatile glvalues. | ||
| 250 | bool isReadIfDiscardedInCPlusPlus11() const; | ||
| 251 | |||
| 252 |   /// isUnusedResultAWarning - Return true if this immediate expression should | ||
| 253 |   /// be warned about if the result is unused.  If so, fill in expr, location, | ||
| 254 |   /// and ranges with expr to warn on and source locations/ranges appropriate | ||
| 255 |   /// for a warning. | ||
| 256 | bool isUnusedResultAWarning(const Expr *&WarnExpr, SourceLocation &Loc, | ||
| 257 | SourceRange &R1, SourceRange &R2, | ||
| 258 | ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 259 | |||
| 260 |   /// isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to | ||
| 261 |   /// the rules of the current language.  C and C++ give somewhat | ||
| 262 |   /// different rules for this concept, but in general, the result of | ||
| 263 |   /// an l-value expression identifies a specific object whereas the | ||
| 264 |   /// result of an r-value expression is a value detached from any | ||
| 265 |   /// specific storage. | ||
| 266 |   /// | ||
| 267 |   /// C++11 divides the concept of "r-value" into pure r-values | ||
| 268 |   /// ("pr-values") and so-called expiring values ("x-values"), which | ||
| 269 |   /// identify specific objects that can be safely cannibalized for | ||
| 270 |   /// their resources. | ||
| 271 | bool isLValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_LValue; } | ||
| 272 | bool isPRValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_PRValue; } | ||
| 273 | bool isXValue() const { return getValueKind() == VK_XValue; } | ||
| 274 | bool isGLValue() const { return getValueKind() != VK_PRValue; } | ||
| 275 | |||
| 276 | enum LValueClassification { | ||
| 277 | LV_Valid, | ||
| 278 | LV_NotObjectType, | ||
| 279 | LV_IncompleteVoidType, | ||
| 280 | LV_DuplicateVectorComponents, | ||
| 281 | LV_InvalidExpression, | ||
| 282 | LV_InvalidMessageExpression, | ||
| 283 | LV_MemberFunction, | ||
| 284 | LV_SubObjCPropertySetting, | ||
| 285 | LV_ClassTemporary, | ||
| 286 | LV_ArrayTemporary | ||
| 287 | }; | ||
| 288 |   /// Reasons why an expression might not be an l-value. | ||
| 289 | LValueClassification ClassifyLValue(ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 290 | |||
| 291 | enum isModifiableLvalueResult { | ||
| 292 | MLV_Valid, | ||
| 293 | MLV_NotObjectType, | ||
| 294 | MLV_IncompleteVoidType, | ||
| 295 | MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents, | ||
| 296 | MLV_InvalidExpression, | ||
| 297 |     MLV_LValueCast,           // Specialized form of MLV_InvalidExpression. | ||
| 298 | MLV_IncompleteType, | ||
| 299 | MLV_ConstQualified, | ||
| 300 | MLV_ConstQualifiedField, | ||
| 301 | MLV_ConstAddrSpace, | ||
| 302 | MLV_ArrayType, | ||
| 303 | MLV_NoSetterProperty, | ||
| 304 | MLV_MemberFunction, | ||
| 305 | MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting, | ||
| 306 | MLV_InvalidMessageExpression, | ||
| 307 | MLV_ClassTemporary, | ||
| 308 | MLV_ArrayTemporary | ||
| 309 | }; | ||
| 310 |   /// isModifiableLvalue - C99 6.3.2.1: an lvalue that does not have array type, | ||
| 311 |   /// does not have an incomplete type, does not have a const-qualified type, | ||
| 312 |   /// and if it is a structure or union, does not have any member (including, | ||
| 313 |   /// recursively, any member or element of all contained aggregates or unions) | ||
| 314 |   /// with a const-qualified type. | ||
| 315 |   /// | ||
| 316 |   /// \param Loc [in,out] - A source location which *may* be filled | ||
| 317 |   /// in with the location of the expression making this a | ||
| 318 |   /// non-modifiable lvalue, if specified. | ||
| 319 | isModifiableLvalueResult | ||
| 320 | isModifiableLvalue(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const; | ||
| 321 | |||
| 322 |   /// The return type of classify(). Represents the C++11 expression | ||
| 323 |   ///        taxonomy. | ||
| 324 | class Classification { | ||
| 325 | public: | ||
| 326 |     /// The various classification results. Most of these mean prvalue. | ||
| 327 | enum Kinds { | ||
| 328 | CL_LValue, | ||
| 329 | CL_XValue, | ||
| 330 |       CL_Function, // Functions cannot be lvalues in C. | ||
| 331 |       CL_Void, // Void cannot be an lvalue in C. | ||
| 332 |       CL_AddressableVoid, // Void expression whose address can be taken in C. | ||
| 333 |       CL_DuplicateVectorComponents, // A vector shuffle with dupes. | ||
| 334 |       CL_MemberFunction, // An expression referring to a member function | ||
| 335 | CL_SubObjCPropertySetting, | ||
| 336 |       CL_ClassTemporary, // A temporary of class type, or subobject thereof. | ||
| 337 |       CL_ArrayTemporary, // A temporary of array type. | ||
| 338 |       CL_ObjCMessageRValue, // ObjC message is an rvalue | ||
| 339 |       CL_PRValue // A prvalue for any other reason, of any other type | ||
| 340 | }; | ||
| 341 |     /// The results of modification testing. | ||
| 342 | enum ModifiableType { | ||
| 343 |       CM_Untested, // testModifiable was false. | ||
| 344 | CM_Modifiable, | ||
| 345 |       CM_RValue, // Not modifiable because it's an rvalue | ||
| 346 |       CM_Function, // Not modifiable because it's a function; C++ only | ||
| 347 |       CM_LValueCast, // Same as CM_RValue, but indicates GCC cast-as-lvalue ext | ||
| 348 |       CM_NoSetterProperty,// Implicit assignment to ObjC property without setter | ||
| 349 | CM_ConstQualified, | ||
| 350 | CM_ConstQualifiedField, | ||
| 351 | CM_ConstAddrSpace, | ||
| 352 | CM_ArrayType, | ||
| 353 | CM_IncompleteType | ||
| 354 | }; | ||
| 355 | |||
| 356 | private: | ||
| 357 | friend class Expr; | ||
| 358 | |||
| 359 | unsigned short Kind; | ||
| 360 | unsigned short Modifiable; | ||
| 361 | |||
| 362 | explicit Classification(Kinds k, ModifiableType m) | ||
| 363 | : Kind(k), Modifiable(m) | ||
| 364 | {} | ||
| 365 | |||
| 366 | public: | ||
| 367 | Classification() {} | ||
| 368 | |||
| 369 | Kinds getKind() const { return static_cast<Kinds>(Kind); } | ||
| 370 | ModifiableType getModifiable() const { | ||
| 371 | assert(Modifiable != CM_Untested && "Did not test for modifiability."); | ||
| 372 | return static_cast<ModifiableType>(Modifiable); | ||
| 373 |     } | ||
| 374 | bool isLValue() const { return Kind == CL_LValue; } | ||
| 375 | bool isXValue() const { return Kind == CL_XValue; } | ||
| 376 | bool isGLValue() const { return Kind <= CL_XValue; } | ||
| 377 | bool isPRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_Function; } | ||
| 378 | bool isRValue() const { return Kind >= CL_XValue; } | ||
| 379 | bool isModifiable() const { return getModifiable() == CM_Modifiable; } | ||
| 380 | |||
| 381 |     /// Create a simple, modifiably lvalue | ||
| 382 | static Classification makeSimpleLValue() { | ||
| 383 | return Classification(CL_LValue, CM_Modifiable); | ||
| 384 |     } | ||
| 385 | |||
| 386 | }; | ||
| 387 |   /// Classify - Classify this expression according to the C++11 | ||
| 388 |   ///        expression taxonomy. | ||
| 389 |   /// | ||
| 390 |   /// C++11 defines ([basic.lval]) a new taxonomy of expressions to replace the | ||
| 391 |   /// old lvalue vs rvalue. This function determines the type of expression this | ||
| 392 |   /// is. There are three expression types: | ||
| 393 |   /// - lvalues are classical lvalues as in C++03. | ||
| 394 |   /// - prvalues are equivalent to rvalues in C++03. | ||
| 395 |   /// - xvalues are expressions yielding unnamed rvalue references, e.g. a | ||
| 396 |   ///   function returning an rvalue reference. | ||
| 397 |   /// lvalues and xvalues are collectively referred to as glvalues, while | ||
| 398 |   /// prvalues and xvalues together form rvalues. | ||
| 399 | Classification Classify(ASTContext &Ctx) const { | ||
| 400 | return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, nullptr); | ||
| 401 |   } | ||
| 402 | |||
| 403 |   /// ClassifyModifiable - Classify this expression according to the | ||
| 404 |   ///        C++11 expression taxonomy, and see if it is valid on the left side | ||
| 405 |   ///        of an assignment. | ||
| 406 |   /// | ||
| 407 |   /// This function extends classify in that it also tests whether the | ||
| 408 |   /// expression is modifiable (C99 6.3.2.1p1). | ||
| 409 |   /// \param Loc A source location that might be filled with a relevant location | ||
| 410 |   ///            if the expression is not modifiable. | ||
| 411 | Classification ClassifyModifiable(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation &Loc) const{ | ||
| 412 | return ClassifyImpl(Ctx, &Loc); | ||
| 413 |   } | ||
| 414 | |||
| 415 |   /// Returns the set of floating point options that apply to this expression. | ||
| 416 |   /// Only meaningful for operations on floating point values. | ||
| 417 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const; | ||
| 418 | |||
| 419 |   /// getValueKindForType - Given a formal return or parameter type, | ||
| 420 |   /// give its value kind. | ||
| 421 | static ExprValueKind getValueKindForType(QualType T) { | ||
| 422 | if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||
| 423 | return (isa<LValueReferenceType>(RT) | ||
| 424 |                 ? VK_LValue | ||
| 425 | : (RT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType() | ||
| 426 | ? VK_LValue : VK_XValue)); | ||
| 427 | return VK_PRValue; | ||
| 428 |   } | ||
| 429 | |||
| 430 |   /// getValueKind - The value kind that this expression produces. | ||
| 431 | ExprValueKind getValueKind() const { | ||
| 432 | return static_cast<ExprValueKind>(ExprBits.ValueKind); | ||
| 433 |   } | ||
| 434 | |||
| 435 |   /// getObjectKind - The object kind that this expression produces. | ||
| 436 |   /// Object kinds are meaningful only for expressions that yield an | ||
| 437 |   /// l-value or x-value. | ||
| 438 | ExprObjectKind getObjectKind() const { | ||
| 439 | return static_cast<ExprObjectKind>(ExprBits.ObjectKind); | ||
| 440 |   } | ||
| 441 | |||
| 442 | bool isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() const { | ||
| 443 | ExprObjectKind OK = getObjectKind(); | ||
| 444 | return (OK == OK_Ordinary || OK == OK_BitField); | ||
| 445 |   } | ||
| 446 | |||
| 447 |   /// setValueKind - Set the value kind produced by this expression. | ||
| 448 | void setValueKind(ExprValueKind Cat) { ExprBits.ValueKind = Cat; } | ||
| 449 | |||
| 450 |   /// setObjectKind - Set the object kind produced by this expression. | ||
| 451 | void setObjectKind(ExprObjectKind Cat) { ExprBits.ObjectKind = Cat; } | ||
| 452 | |||
| 453 | private: | ||
| 454 | Classification ClassifyImpl(ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc) const; | ||
| 455 | |||
| 456 | public: | ||
| 457 | |||
| 458 |   /// Returns true if this expression is a gl-value that | ||
| 459 |   /// potentially refers to a bit-field. | ||
| 460 |   /// | ||
| 461 |   /// In C++, whether a gl-value refers to a bitfield is essentially | ||
| 462 |   /// an aspect of the value-kind type system. | ||
| 463 | bool refersToBitField() const { return getObjectKind() == OK_BitField; } | ||
| 464 | |||
| 465 |   /// If this expression refers to a bit-field, retrieve the | ||
| 466 |   /// declaration of that bit-field. | ||
| 467 |   /// | ||
| 468 |   /// Note that this returns a non-null pointer in subtly different | ||
| 469 |   /// places than refersToBitField returns true.  In particular, this can | ||
| 470 |   /// return a non-null pointer even for r-values loaded from | ||
| 471 |   /// bit-fields, but it will return null for a conditional bit-field. | ||
| 472 | FieldDecl *getSourceBitField(); | ||
| 473 | |||
| 474 | const FieldDecl *getSourceBitField() const { | ||
| 475 | return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getSourceBitField(); | ||
| 476 |   } | ||
| 477 | |||
| 478 | Decl *getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); | ||
| 479 | const Decl *getReferencedDeclOfCallee() const { | ||
| 480 | return const_cast<Expr*>(this)->getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); | ||
| 481 |   } | ||
| 482 | |||
| 483 |   /// If this expression is an l-value for an Objective C | ||
| 484 |   /// property, find the underlying property reference expression. | ||
| 485 | const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *getObjCProperty() const; | ||
| 486 | |||
| 487 |   /// Check if this expression is the ObjC 'self' implicit parameter. | ||
| 488 | bool isObjCSelfExpr() const; | ||
| 489 | |||
| 490 |   /// Returns whether this expression refers to a vector element. | ||
| 491 | bool refersToVectorElement() const; | ||
| 492 | |||
| 493 |   /// Returns whether this expression refers to a matrix element. | ||
| 494 | bool refersToMatrixElement() const { | ||
| 495 | return getObjectKind() == OK_MatrixComponent; | ||
| 496 |   } | ||
| 497 | |||
| 498 |   /// Returns whether this expression refers to a global register | ||
| 499 |   /// variable. | ||
| 500 | bool refersToGlobalRegisterVar() const; | ||
| 501 | |||
| 502 |   /// Returns whether this expression has a placeholder type. | ||
| 503 | bool hasPlaceholderType() const { | ||
| 504 | return getType()->isPlaceholderType(); | ||
| 505 |   } | ||
| 506 | |||
| 507 |   /// Returns whether this expression has a specific placeholder type. | ||
| 508 | bool hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::Kind K) const { | ||
| 509 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind(K)); | ||
| 510 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getType())) | ||
| 511 | return BT->getKind() == K; | ||
| 512 | return false; | ||
| 513 |   } | ||
| 514 | |||
| 515 |   /// isKnownToHaveBooleanValue - Return true if this is an integer expression | ||
| 516 |   /// that is known to return 0 or 1.  This happens for _Bool/bool expressions | ||
| 517 |   /// but also int expressions which are produced by things like comparisons in | ||
| 518 |   /// C. | ||
| 519 |   /// | ||
| 520 |   /// \param Semantic If true, only return true for expressions that are known | ||
| 521 |   /// to be semantically boolean, which might not be true even for expressions | ||
| 522 |   /// that are known to evaluate to 0/1. For instance, reading an unsigned | ||
| 523 |   /// bit-field with width '1' will evaluate to 0/1, but doesn't necessarily | ||
| 524 |   /// semantically correspond to a bool. | ||
| 525 | bool isKnownToHaveBooleanValue(bool Semantic = true) const; | ||
| 526 | |||
| 527 |   /// Check whether this array fits the idiom of a flexible array member, | ||
| 528 |   /// depending on the value of -fstrict-flex-array. | ||
| 529 |   /// When IgnoreTemplateOrMacroSubstitution is set, it doesn't consider sizes | ||
| 530 |   /// resulting from the substitution of a macro or a template as special sizes. | ||
| 531 | bool isFlexibleArrayMemberLike( | ||
| 532 |       ASTContext &Context, | ||
| 533 | LangOptions::StrictFlexArraysLevelKind StrictFlexArraysLevel, | ||
| 534 | bool IgnoreTemplateOrMacroSubstitution = false) const; | ||
| 535 | |||
| 536 |   /// isIntegerConstantExpr - Return the value if this expression is a valid | ||
| 537 |   /// integer constant expression.  If not a valid i-c-e, return std::nullopt | ||
| 538 |   /// and fill in Loc (if specified) with the location of the invalid | ||
| 539 |   /// expression. | ||
| 540 |   /// | ||
| 541 |   /// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11 | ||
| 542 |   /// [expr.const]p5. | ||
| 543 | std::optional<llvm::APSInt> | ||
| 544 | getIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr, | ||
| 545 | bool isEvaluated = true) const; | ||
| 546 | bool isIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 547 | SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const; | ||
| 548 | |||
| 549 |   /// isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is an | ||
| 550 |   /// integral constant expression in C++98. Can only be used in C++. | ||
| 551 | bool isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 552 | |||
| 553 |   /// isCXX11ConstantExpr - Return true if this expression is a constant | ||
| 554 |   /// expression in C++11. Can only be used in C++. | ||
| 555 |   /// | ||
| 556 |   /// Note: This does not perform the implicit conversions required by C++11 | ||
| 557 |   /// [expr.const]p5. | ||
| 558 | bool isCXX11ConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue *Result = nullptr, | ||
| 559 | SourceLocation *Loc = nullptr) const; | ||
| 560 | |||
| 561 |   /// isPotentialConstantExpr - Return true if this function's definition | ||
| 562 |   /// might be usable in a constant expression in C++11, if it were marked | ||
| 563 |   /// constexpr. Return false if the function can never produce a constant | ||
| 564 |   /// expression, along with diagnostics describing why not. | ||
| 565 | static bool isPotentialConstantExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||
| 566 |                                       SmallVectorImpl< | ||
| 567 | PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags); | ||
| 568 | |||
| 569 |   /// isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluted - Return true if this expression might | ||
| 570 |   /// be usable in a constant expression in C++11 in an unevaluated context, if | ||
| 571 |   /// it were in function FD marked constexpr. Return false if the function can | ||
| 572 |   /// never produce a constant expression, along with diagnostics describing | ||
| 573 |   /// why not. | ||
| 574 | static bool isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Expr *E, | ||
| 575 | const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||
| 576 |                                                  SmallVectorImpl< | ||
| 577 | PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags); | ||
| 578 | |||
| 579 |   /// isConstantInitializer - Returns true if this expression can be emitted to | ||
| 580 |   /// IR as a constant, and thus can be used as a constant initializer in C. | ||
| 581 |   /// If this expression is not constant and Culprit is non-null, | ||
| 582 |   /// it is used to store the address of first non constant expr. | ||
| 583 | bool isConstantInitializer(ASTContext &Ctx, bool ForRef, | ||
| 584 | const Expr **Culprit = nullptr) const; | ||
| 585 | |||
| 586 |   /// If this expression is an unambiguous reference to a single declaration, | ||
| 587 |   /// in the style of __builtin_function_start, return that declaration.  Note | ||
| 588 |   /// that this may return a non-static member function or field in C++ if this | ||
| 589 |   /// expression is a member pointer constant. | ||
| 590 | const ValueDecl *getAsBuiltinConstantDeclRef(const ASTContext &Context) const; | ||
| 591 | |||
| 592 |   /// EvalStatus is a struct with detailed info about an evaluation in progress. | ||
| 593 | struct EvalStatus { | ||
| 594 |     /// Whether the evaluated expression has side effects. | ||
| 595 |     /// For example, (f() && 0) can be folded, but it still has side effects. | ||
| 596 | bool HasSideEffects; | ||
| 597 | |||
| 598 |     /// Whether the evaluation hit undefined behavior. | ||
| 599 |     /// For example, 1.0 / 0.0 can be folded to Inf, but has undefined behavior. | ||
| 600 |     /// Likewise, INT_MAX + 1 can be folded to INT_MIN, but has UB. | ||
| 601 | bool HasUndefinedBehavior; | ||
| 602 | |||
| 603 |     /// Diag - If this is non-null, it will be filled in with a stack of notes | ||
| 604 |     /// indicating why evaluation failed (or why it failed to produce a constant | ||
| 605 |     /// expression). | ||
| 606 |     /// If the expression is unfoldable, the notes will indicate why it's not | ||
| 607 |     /// foldable. If the expression is foldable, but not a constant expression, | ||
| 608 |     /// the notes will describes why it isn't a constant expression. If the | ||
| 609 |     /// expression *is* a constant expression, no notes will be produced. | ||
| 610 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag; | ||
| 611 | |||
| 612 | EvalStatus() | ||
| 613 | : HasSideEffects(false), HasUndefinedBehavior(false), Diag(nullptr) {} | ||
| 614 | |||
| 615 |     // hasSideEffects - Return true if the evaluated expression has | ||
| 616 |     // side effects. | ||
| 617 | bool hasSideEffects() const { | ||
| 618 | return HasSideEffects; | ||
| 619 |     } | ||
| 620 | }; | ||
| 621 | |||
| 622 |   /// EvalResult is a struct with detailed info about an evaluated expression. | ||
| 623 | struct EvalResult : EvalStatus { | ||
| 624 |     /// Val - This is the value the expression can be folded to. | ||
| 625 |     APValue Val; | ||
| 626 | |||
| 627 |     // isGlobalLValue - Return true if the evaluated lvalue expression | ||
| 628 |     // is global. | ||
| 629 | bool isGlobalLValue() const; | ||
| 630 | }; | ||
| 631 | |||
| 632 |   /// EvaluateAsRValue - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold to | ||
| 633 |   /// an rvalue using any crazy technique (that has nothing to do with language | ||
| 634 |   /// standards) that we want to, even if the expression has side-effects. If | ||
| 635 |   /// this function returns true, it returns the folded constant in Result. If | ||
| 636 |   /// the expression is a glvalue, an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion will be | ||
| 637 |   /// applied. | ||
| 638 | bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 639 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; | ||
| 640 | |||
| 641 |   /// EvaluateAsBooleanCondition - Return true if this is a constant | ||
| 642 |   /// which we can fold and convert to a boolean condition using | ||
| 643 |   /// any crazy technique that we want to, even if the expression has | ||
| 644 |   /// side-effects. | ||
| 645 | bool EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(bool &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 646 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; | ||
| 647 | |||
| 648 | enum SideEffectsKind { | ||
| 649 |     SE_NoSideEffects,          ///< Strictly evaluate the expression. | ||
| 650 |     SE_AllowUndefinedBehavior, ///< Allow UB that we can give a value, but not | ||
| 651 |                                ///< arbitrary unmodeled side effects. | ||
| 652 |     SE_AllowSideEffects        ///< Allow any unmodeled side effect. | ||
| 653 | }; | ||
| 654 | |||
| 655 |   /// EvaluateAsInt - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and | ||
| 656 |   /// convert to an integer, using any crazy technique that we want to. | ||
| 657 | bool EvaluateAsInt(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 658 |                      SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects, | ||
| 659 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; | ||
| 660 | |||
| 661 |   /// EvaluateAsFloat - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and | ||
| 662 |   /// convert to a floating point value, using any crazy technique that we | ||
| 663 |   /// want to. | ||
| 664 | bool EvaluateAsFloat(llvm::APFloat &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 665 |                        SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects, | ||
| 666 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; | ||
| 667 | |||
| 668 |   /// EvaluateAsFloat - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold and | ||
| 669 |   /// convert to a fixed point value. | ||
| 670 | bool EvaluateAsFixedPoint(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 671 |                             SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects, | ||
| 672 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; | ||
| 673 | |||
| 674 |   /// isEvaluatable - Call EvaluateAsRValue to see if this expression can be | ||
| 675 |   /// constant folded without side-effects, but discard the result. | ||
| 676 | bool isEvaluatable(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 677 | SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects = SE_NoSideEffects) const; | ||
| 678 | |||
| 679 |   /// HasSideEffects - This routine returns true for all those expressions | ||
| 680 |   /// which have any effect other than producing a value. Example is a function | ||
| 681 |   /// call, volatile variable read, or throwing an exception. If | ||
| 682 |   /// IncludePossibleEffects is false, this call treats certain expressions with | ||
| 683 |   /// potential side effects (such as function call-like expressions, | ||
| 684 |   /// instantiation-dependent expressions, or invocations from a macro) as not | ||
| 685 |   /// having side effects. | ||
| 686 | bool HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 687 | bool IncludePossibleEffects = true) const; | ||
| 688 | |||
| 689 |   /// Determine whether this expression involves a call to any function | ||
| 690 |   /// that is not trivial. | ||
| 691 | bool hasNonTrivialCall(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 692 | |||
| 693 |   /// EvaluateKnownConstInt - Call EvaluateAsRValue and return the folded | ||
| 694 |   /// integer. This must be called on an expression that constant folds to an | ||
| 695 |   /// integer. | ||
| 696 | llvm::APSInt EvaluateKnownConstInt( | ||
| 697 | const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 698 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr) const; | ||
| 699 | |||
| 700 | llvm::APSInt EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow( | ||
| 701 | const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 702 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag = nullptr) const; | ||
| 703 | |||
| 704 | void EvaluateForOverflow(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 705 | |||
| 706 |   /// EvaluateAsLValue - Evaluate an expression to see if we can fold it to an | ||
| 707 |   /// lvalue with link time known address, with no side-effects. | ||
| 708 | bool EvaluateAsLValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 709 | bool InConstantContext = false) const; | ||
| 710 | |||
| 711 |   /// EvaluateAsInitializer - Evaluate an expression as if it were the | ||
| 712 |   /// initializer of the given declaration. Returns true if the initializer | ||
| 713 |   /// can be folded to a constant, and produces any relevant notes. In C++11, | ||
| 714 |   /// notes will be produced if the expression is not a constant expression. | ||
| 715 | bool EvaluateAsInitializer(APValue &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 716 | const VarDecl *VD, | ||
| 717 | SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes, | ||
| 718 | bool IsConstantInitializer) const; | ||
| 719 | |||
| 720 |   /// EvaluateWithSubstitution - Evaluate an expression as if from the context | ||
| 721 |   /// of a call to the given function with the given arguments, inside an | ||
| 722 |   /// unevaluated context. Returns true if the expression could be folded to a | ||
| 723 |   /// constant. | ||
| 724 | bool EvaluateWithSubstitution(APValue &Value, ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 725 | const FunctionDecl *Callee, | ||
| 726 | ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args, | ||
| 727 | const Expr *This = nullptr) const; | ||
| 728 | |||
| 729 | enum class ConstantExprKind { | ||
| 730 |     /// An integer constant expression (an array bound, enumerator, case value, | ||
| 731 |     /// bit-field width, or similar) or similar. | ||
| 732 | Normal, | ||
| 733 |     /// A non-class template argument. Such a value is only used for mangling, | ||
| 734 |     /// not for code generation, so can refer to dllimported functions. | ||
| 735 | NonClassTemplateArgument, | ||
| 736 |     /// A class template argument. Such a value is used for code generation. | ||
| 737 | ClassTemplateArgument, | ||
| 738 |     /// An immediate invocation. The destruction of the end result of this | ||
| 739 |     /// evaluation is not part of the evaluation, but all other temporaries | ||
| 740 |     /// are destroyed. | ||
| 741 | ImmediateInvocation, | ||
| 742 | }; | ||
| 743 | |||
| 744 |   /// Evaluate an expression that is required to be a constant expression. Does | ||
| 745 |   /// not check the syntactic constraints for C and C++98 constant expressions. | ||
| 746 | bool EvaluateAsConstantExpr( | ||
| 747 | EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 748 | ConstantExprKind Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal) const; | ||
| 749 | |||
| 750 |   /// If the current Expr is a pointer, this will try to statically | ||
| 751 |   /// determine the number of bytes available where the pointer is pointing. | ||
| 752 |   /// Returns true if all of the above holds and we were able to figure out the | ||
| 753 |   /// size, false otherwise. | ||
| 754 |   /// | ||
| 755 |   /// \param Type - How to evaluate the size of the Expr, as defined by the | ||
| 756 |   /// "type" parameter of __builtin_object_size | ||
| 757 | bool tryEvaluateObjectSize(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 758 | unsigned Type) const; | ||
| 759 | |||
| 760 |   /// If the current Expr is a pointer, this will try to statically | ||
| 761 |   /// determine the strlen of the string pointed to. | ||
| 762 |   /// Returns true if all of the above holds and we were able to figure out the | ||
| 763 |   /// strlen, false otherwise. | ||
| 764 | bool tryEvaluateStrLen(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 765 | |||
| 766 |   /// Enumeration used to describe the kind of Null pointer constant | ||
| 767 |   /// returned from \c isNullPointerConstant(). | ||
| 768 | enum NullPointerConstantKind { | ||
| 769 |     /// Expression is not a Null pointer constant. | ||
| 770 | NPCK_NotNull = 0, | ||
| 771 | |||
| 772 |     /// Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a zero integer | ||
| 773 |     /// expression that is not a simple, possibly parenthesized, zero literal. | ||
| 774 |     /// C++ Core Issue 903 will classify these expressions as "not pointers" | ||
| 775 |     /// once it is adopted. | ||
| 776 |     /// http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 | ||
| 777 | NPCK_ZeroExpression, | ||
| 778 | |||
| 779 |     /// Expression is a Null pointer constant built from a literal zero. | ||
| 780 | NPCK_ZeroLiteral, | ||
| 781 | |||
| 782 |     /// Expression is a C++11 nullptr. | ||
| 783 | NPCK_CXX11_nullptr, | ||
| 784 | |||
| 785 |     /// Expression is a GNU-style __null constant. | ||
| 786 | NPCK_GNUNull | ||
| 787 | }; | ||
| 788 | |||
| 789 |   /// Enumeration used to describe how \c isNullPointerConstant() | ||
| 790 |   /// should cope with value-dependent expressions. | ||
| 791 | enum NullPointerConstantValueDependence { | ||
| 792 |     /// Specifies that the expression should never be value-dependent. | ||
| 793 | NPC_NeverValueDependent = 0, | ||
| 794 | |||
| 795 |     /// Specifies that a value-dependent expression of integral or | ||
| 796 |     /// dependent type should be considered a null pointer constant. | ||
| 797 | NPC_ValueDependentIsNull, | ||
| 798 | |||
| 799 |     /// Specifies that a value-dependent expression should be considered | ||
| 800 |     /// to never be a null pointer constant. | ||
| 801 | NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||
| 802 | }; | ||
| 803 | |||
| 804 |   /// isNullPointerConstant - C99 6.3.2.3p3 - Test if this reduces down to | ||
| 805 |   /// a Null pointer constant. The return value can further distinguish the | ||
| 806 |   /// kind of NULL pointer constant that was detected. | ||
| 807 |   NullPointerConstantKind isNullPointerConstant( | ||
| 808 |       ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 809 | NullPointerConstantValueDependence NPC) const; | ||
| 810 | |||
| 811 |   /// isOBJCGCCandidate - Return true if this expression may be used in a read/ | ||
| 812 |   /// write barrier. | ||
| 813 | bool isOBJCGCCandidate(ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 814 | |||
| 815 |   /// Returns true if this expression is a bound member function. | ||
| 816 | bool isBoundMemberFunction(ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 817 | |||
| 818 |   /// Given an expression of bound-member type, find the type | ||
| 819 |   /// of the member.  Returns null if this is an *overloaded* bound | ||
| 820 |   /// member expression. | ||
| 821 | static QualType findBoundMemberType(const Expr *expr); | ||
| 822 | |||
| 823 |   /// Skip past any invisble AST nodes which might surround this | ||
| 824 |   /// statement, such as ExprWithCleanups or ImplicitCastExpr nodes, | ||
| 825 |   /// but also injected CXXMemberExpr and CXXConstructExpr which represent | ||
| 826 |   /// implicit conversions. | ||
| 827 | Expr *IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource(); | ||
| 828 | const Expr *IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource() const { | ||
| 829 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreUnlessSpelledInSource(); | ||
| 830 |   } | ||
| 831 | |||
| 832 |   /// Skip past any implicit casts which might surround this expression until | ||
| 833 |   /// reaching a fixed point. Skips: | ||
| 834 |   /// * ImplicitCastExpr | ||
| 835 |   /// * FullExpr | ||
| 836 | Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 837 | const Expr *IgnoreImpCasts() const { | ||
| 838 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||
| 839 |   } | ||
| 840 | |||
| 841 |   /// Skip past any casts which might surround this expression until reaching | ||
| 842 |   /// a fixed point. Skips: | ||
| 843 |   /// * CastExpr | ||
| 844 |   /// * FullExpr | ||
| 845 |   /// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr | ||
| 846 |   /// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr | ||
| 847 | Expr *IgnoreCasts() LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 848 | const Expr *IgnoreCasts() const { | ||
| 849 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreCasts(); | ||
| 850 |   } | ||
| 851 | |||
| 852 |   /// Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression | ||
| 853 |   /// until reaching a fixed point. Skips: | ||
| 854 |   /// * What IgnoreImpCasts() skips | ||
| 855 |   /// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr | ||
| 856 |   /// * CXXBindTemporaryExpr | ||
| 857 | Expr *IgnoreImplicit() LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 858 | const Expr *IgnoreImplicit() const { | ||
| 859 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImplicit(); | ||
| 860 |   } | ||
| 861 | |||
| 862 |   /// Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression | ||
| 863 |   /// until reaching a fixed point. Same as IgnoreImplicit, except that it | ||
| 864 |   /// also skips over implicit calls to constructors and conversion functions. | ||
| 865 |   /// | ||
| 866 |   /// FIXME: Should IgnoreImplicit do this? | ||
| 867 | Expr *IgnoreImplicitAsWritten() LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 868 | const Expr *IgnoreImplicitAsWritten() const { | ||
| 869 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreImplicitAsWritten(); | ||
| 870 |   } | ||
| 871 | |||
| 872 |   /// Skip past any parentheses which might surround this expression until | ||
| 873 |   /// reaching a fixed point. Skips: | ||
| 874 |   /// * ParenExpr | ||
| 875 |   /// * UnaryOperator if `UO_Extension` | ||
| 876 |   /// * GenericSelectionExpr if `!isResultDependent()` | ||
| 877 |   /// * ChooseExpr if `!isConditionDependent()` | ||
| 878 |   /// * ConstantExpr | ||
| 879 | Expr *IgnoreParens() LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 880 | const Expr *IgnoreParens() const { | ||
| 881 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParens(); | ||
| 882 |   } | ||
| 883 | |||
| 884 |   /// Skip past any parentheses and implicit casts which might surround this | ||
| 885 |   /// expression until reaching a fixed point. | ||
| 886 |   /// FIXME: IgnoreParenImpCasts really ought to be equivalent to | ||
| 887 |   /// IgnoreParens() + IgnoreImpCasts() until reaching a fixed point. However | ||
| 888 |   /// this is currently not the case. Instead IgnoreParenImpCasts() skips: | ||
| 889 |   /// * What IgnoreParens() skips | ||
| 890 |   /// * What IgnoreImpCasts() skips | ||
| 891 |   /// * MaterializeTemporaryExpr | ||
| 892 |   /// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr | ||
| 893 | Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 894 | const Expr *IgnoreParenImpCasts() const { | ||
| 895 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||
| 896 |   } | ||
| 897 | |||
| 898 |   /// Skip past any parentheses and casts which might surround this expression | ||
| 899 |   /// until reaching a fixed point. Skips: | ||
| 900 |   /// * What IgnoreParens() skips | ||
| 901 |   /// * What IgnoreCasts() skips | ||
| 902 | Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 903 | const Expr *IgnoreParenCasts() const { | ||
| 904 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||
| 905 |   } | ||
| 906 | |||
| 907 |   /// Skip conversion operators. If this Expr is a call to a conversion | ||
| 908 |   /// operator, return the argument. | ||
| 909 | Expr *IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep() LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 910 | const Expr *IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep() const { | ||
| 911 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep(); | ||
| 912 |   } | ||
| 913 | |||
| 914 |   /// Skip past any parentheses and lvalue casts which might surround this | ||
| 915 |   /// expression until reaching a fixed point. Skips: | ||
| 916 |   /// * What IgnoreParens() skips | ||
| 917 |   /// * What IgnoreCasts() skips, except that only lvalue-to-rvalue | ||
| 918 |   ///   casts are skipped | ||
| 919 |   /// FIXME: This is intended purely as a temporary workaround for code | ||
| 920 |   /// that hasn't yet been rewritten to do the right thing about those | ||
| 921 |   /// casts, and may disappear along with the last internal use. | ||
| 922 | Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 923 | const Expr *IgnoreParenLValueCasts() const { | ||
| 924 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenLValueCasts(); | ||
| 925 |   } | ||
| 926 | |||
| 927 |   /// Skip past any parenthese and casts which do not change the value | ||
| 928 |   /// (including ptr->int casts of the same size) until reaching a fixed point. | ||
| 929 |   /// Skips: | ||
| 930 |   /// * What IgnoreParens() skips | ||
| 931 |   /// * CastExpr which do not change the value | ||
| 932 |   /// * SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr | ||
| 933 | Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(const ASTContext &Ctx) LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 934 | const Expr *IgnoreParenNoopCasts(const ASTContext &Ctx) const { | ||
| 935 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Ctx); | ||
| 936 |   } | ||
| 937 | |||
| 938 |   /// Skip past any parentheses and derived-to-base casts until reaching a | ||
| 939 |   /// fixed point. Skips: | ||
| 940 |   /// * What IgnoreParens() skips | ||
| 941 |   /// * CastExpr which represent a derived-to-base cast (CK_DerivedToBase, | ||
| 942 |   ///   CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase and CK_NoOp) | ||
| 943 | Expr *IgnoreParenBaseCasts() LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 944 | const Expr *IgnoreParenBaseCasts() const { | ||
| 945 | return const_cast<Expr *>(this)->IgnoreParenBaseCasts(); | ||
| 946 |   } | ||
| 947 | |||
| 948 |   /// Determine whether this expression is a default function argument. | ||
| 949 |   /// | ||
| 950 |   /// Default arguments are implicitly generated in the abstract syntax tree | ||
| 951 |   /// by semantic analysis for function calls, object constructions, etc. in | ||
| 952 |   /// C++. Default arguments are represented by \c CXXDefaultArgExpr nodes; | ||
| 953 |   /// this routine also looks through any implicit casts to determine whether | ||
| 954 |   /// the expression is a default argument. | ||
| 955 | bool isDefaultArgument() const; | ||
| 956 | |||
| 957 |   /// Determine whether the result of this expression is a | ||
| 958 |   /// temporary object of the given class type. | ||
| 959 | bool isTemporaryObject(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *TempTy) const; | ||
| 960 | |||
| 961 |   /// Whether this expression is an implicit reference to 'this' in C++. | ||
| 962 | bool isImplicitCXXThis() const; | ||
| 963 | |||
| 964 | static bool hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); | ||
| 965 | |||
| 966 |   /// For an expression of class type or pointer to class type, | ||
| 967 |   /// return the most derived class decl the expression is known to refer to. | ||
| 968 |   /// | ||
| 969 |   /// If this expression is a cast, this method looks through it to find the | ||
| 970 |   /// most derived decl that can be inferred from the expression. | ||
| 971 |   /// This is valid because derived-to-base conversions have undefined | ||
| 972 |   /// behavior if the object isn't dynamically of the derived type. | ||
| 973 | const CXXRecordDecl *getBestDynamicClassType() const; | ||
| 974 | |||
| 975 |   /// Get the inner expression that determines the best dynamic class. | ||
| 976 |   /// If this is a prvalue, we guarantee that it is of the most-derived type | ||
| 977 |   /// for the object itself. | ||
| 978 | const Expr *getBestDynamicClassTypeExpr() const; | ||
| 979 | |||
| 980 |   /// Walk outwards from an expression we want to bind a reference to and | ||
| 981 |   /// find the expression whose lifetime needs to be extended. Record | ||
| 982 |   /// the LHSs of comma expressions and adjustments needed along the path. | ||
| 983 | const Expr *skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments( | ||
| 984 | SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &CommaLHS, | ||
| 985 | SmallVectorImpl<SubobjectAdjustment> &Adjustments) const; | ||
| 986 | const Expr *skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments() const { | ||
| 987 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> CommaLHSs; | ||
| 988 | SmallVector<SubobjectAdjustment, 8> Adjustments; | ||
| 989 | return skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments); | ||
| 990 |   } | ||
| 991 | |||
| 992 |   /// Checks that the two Expr's will refer to the same value as a comparison | ||
| 993 |   /// operand.  The caller must ensure that the values referenced by the Expr's | ||
| 994 |   /// are not modified between E1 and E2 or the result my be invalid. | ||
| 995 | static bool isSameComparisonOperand(const Expr* E1, const Expr* E2); | ||
| 996 | |||
| 997 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 998 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExprConstant && | ||
| 999 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastExprConstant; | ||
| 1000 |   } | ||
| 1001 | }; | ||
| 1002 | // PointerLikeTypeTraits is specialized so it can be used with a forward-decl of | ||
| 1003 | // Expr. Verify that we got it right. | ||
| 1004 | static_assert(llvm::PointerLikeTypeTraits<Expr *>::NumLowBitsAvailable <= | ||
| 1005 | llvm::detail::ConstantLog2<alignof(Expr)>::value, | ||
| 1006 | "PointerLikeTypeTraits<Expr*> assumes too much alignment."); | ||
| 1007 | |||
| 1008 | using ConstantExprKind = Expr::ConstantExprKind; | ||
| 1009 | |||
| 1010 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||
| 1011 | // Wrapper Expressions. | ||
| 1012 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||
| 1013 | |||
| 1014 | /// FullExpr - Represents a "full-expression" node. | ||
| 1015 | class FullExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 1016 | protected: | ||
| 1017 | Stmt *SubExpr; | ||
| 1018 | |||
| 1019 | FullExpr(StmtClass SC, Expr *subexpr) | ||
| 1020 | : Expr(SC, subexpr->getType(), subexpr->getValueKind(), | ||
| 1021 | subexpr->getObjectKind()), | ||
| 1022 | SubExpr(subexpr) { | ||
| 1023 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 1024 |  } | ||
| 1025 | FullExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 1026 | : Expr(SC, Empty) {} | ||
| 1027 | public: | ||
| 1028 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); } | ||
| 1029 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(SubExpr); } | ||
| 1030 | |||
| 1031 |   /// As with any mutator of the AST, be very careful when modifying an | ||
| 1032 |   /// existing AST to preserve its invariants. | ||
| 1033 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { SubExpr = E; } | ||
| 1034 | |||
| 1035 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 1036 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstFullExprConstant && | ||
| 1037 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastFullExprConstant; | ||
| 1038 |   } | ||
| 1039 | }; | ||
| 1040 | |||
| 1041 | /// ConstantExpr - An expression that occurs in a constant context and | ||
| 1042 | /// optionally the result of evaluating the expression. | ||
| 1043 | class ConstantExpr final | ||
| 1044 | : public FullExpr, | ||
| 1045 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantExpr, APValue, uint64_t> { | ||
| 1046 | static_assert(std::is_same<uint64_t, llvm::APInt::WordType>::value, | ||
| 1047 |                 "ConstantExpr assumes that llvm::APInt::WordType is uint64_t " | ||
| 1048 | "for tail-allocated storage"); | ||
| 1049 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 1050 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 1051 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | ||
| 1052 | |||
| 1053 | public: | ||
| 1054 |   /// Describes the kind of result that can be tail-allocated. | ||
| 1055 | enum ResultStorageKind { RSK_None, RSK_Int64, RSK_APValue }; | ||
| 1056 | |||
| 1057 | private: | ||
| 1058 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<APValue>) const { | ||
| 1059 | return ConstantExprBits.ResultKind == ConstantExpr::RSK_APValue; | ||
| 1060 |   } | ||
| 1061 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<uint64_t>) const { | ||
| 1062 | return ConstantExprBits.ResultKind == ConstantExpr::RSK_Int64; | ||
| 1063 |   } | ||
| 1064 | |||
| 1065 | uint64_t &Int64Result() { | ||
| 1066 | assert(ConstantExprBits.ResultKind == ConstantExpr::RSK_Int64 && | ||
| 1067 | "invalid accessor"); | ||
| 1068 | return *getTrailingObjects<uint64_t>(); | ||
| 1069 |   } | ||
| 1070 | const uint64_t &Int64Result() const { | ||
| 1071 | return const_cast<ConstantExpr *>(this)->Int64Result(); | ||
| 1072 |   } | ||
| 1073 | APValue &APValueResult() { | ||
| 1074 | assert(ConstantExprBits.ResultKind == ConstantExpr::RSK_APValue && | ||
| 1075 | "invalid accessor"); | ||
| 1076 | return *getTrailingObjects<APValue>(); | ||
| 1077 |   } | ||
| 1078 | APValue &APValueResult() const { | ||
| 1079 | return const_cast<ConstantExpr *>(this)->APValueResult(); | ||
| 1080 |   } | ||
| 1081 | |||
| 1082 | ConstantExpr(Expr *SubExpr, ResultStorageKind StorageKind, | ||
| 1083 | bool IsImmediateInvocation); | ||
| 1084 | ConstantExpr(EmptyShell Empty, ResultStorageKind StorageKind); | ||
| 1085 | |||
| 1086 | public: | ||
| 1087 | static ConstantExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E, | ||
| 1088 | const APValue &Result); | ||
| 1089 | static ConstantExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E, | ||
| 1090 |                               ResultStorageKind Storage = RSK_None, | ||
| 1091 | bool IsImmediateInvocation = false); | ||
| 1092 | static ConstantExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | ||
| 1093 | ResultStorageKind StorageKind); | ||
| 1094 | |||
| 1095 | static ResultStorageKind getStorageKind(const APValue &Value); | ||
| 1096 | static ResultStorageKind getStorageKind(const Type *T, | ||
| 1097 | const ASTContext &Context); | ||
| 1098 | |||
| 1099 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 1100 | return SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 1101 |   } | ||
| 1102 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 1103 | return SubExpr->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 1104 |   } | ||
| 1105 | |||
| 1106 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 1107 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConstantExprClass; | ||
| 1108 |   } | ||
| 1109 | |||
| 1110 | void SetResult(APValue Value, const ASTContext &Context) { | ||
| 1111 | MoveIntoResult(Value, Context); | ||
| 1112 |   } | ||
| 1113 | void MoveIntoResult(APValue &Value, const ASTContext &Context); | ||
| 1114 | |||
| 1115 | APValue::ValueKind getResultAPValueKind() const { | ||
| 1116 | return static_cast<APValue::ValueKind>(ConstantExprBits.APValueKind); | ||
| 1117 |   } | ||
| 1118 | ResultStorageKind getResultStorageKind() const { | ||
| 1119 | return static_cast<ResultStorageKind>(ConstantExprBits.ResultKind); | ||
| 1120 |   } | ||
| 1121 | bool isImmediateInvocation() const { | ||
| 1122 | return ConstantExprBits.IsImmediateInvocation; | ||
| 1123 |   } | ||
| 1124 | bool hasAPValueResult() const { | ||
| 1125 | return ConstantExprBits.APValueKind != APValue::None; | ||
| 1126 |   } | ||
| 1127 | APValue getAPValueResult() const; | ||
| 1128 | APValue &getResultAsAPValue() const { return APValueResult(); } | ||
| 1129 | llvm::APSInt getResultAsAPSInt() const; | ||
| 1130 |   // Iterators | ||
| 1131 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr+1); } | ||
| 1132 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 1133 | return const_child_range(&SubExpr, &SubExpr + 1); | ||
| 1134 |   } | ||
| 1135 | }; | ||
| 1136 | |||
| 1137 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||
| 1138 | // Primary Expressions. | ||
| 1139 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||
| 1140 | |||
| 1141 | /// OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a | ||
| 1142 | /// fixed type and value class.  These don't correspond to concrete | ||
| 1143 | /// syntax; instead they're used to express operations (usually copy | ||
| 1144 | /// operations) on values whose source is generally obvious from | ||
| 1145 | /// context. | ||
| 1146 | class OpaqueValueExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 1147 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 1148 | Expr *SourceExpr; | ||
| 1149 | |||
| 1150 | public: | ||
| 1151 |   OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 1152 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary, Expr *SourceExpr = nullptr) | ||
| 1153 | : Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, T, VK, OK), SourceExpr(SourceExpr) { | ||
| 1154 | setIsUnique(false); | ||
| 1155 | OpaqueValueExprBits.Loc = Loc; | ||
| 1156 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 1157 |   } | ||
| 1158 | |||
| 1159 |   /// Given an expression which invokes a copy constructor --- i.e.  a | ||
| 1160 |   /// CXXConstructExpr, possibly wrapped in an ExprWithCleanups --- | ||
| 1161 |   /// find the OpaqueValueExpr that's the source of the construction. | ||
| 1162 | static const OpaqueValueExpr *findInCopyConstruct(const Expr *expr); | ||
| 1163 | |||
| 1164 | explicit OpaqueValueExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 1165 | : Expr(OpaqueValueExprClass, Empty) {} | ||
| 1166 | |||
| 1167 |   /// Retrieve the location of this expression. | ||
| 1168 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return OpaqueValueExprBits.Loc; } | ||
| 1169 | |||
| 1170 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 1171 | return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getBeginLoc() : getLocation(); | ||
| 1172 |   } | ||
| 1173 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 1174 | return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getEndLoc() : getLocation(); | ||
| 1175 |   } | ||
| 1176 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 1177 | return SourceExpr ? SourceExpr->getExprLoc() : getLocation(); | ||
| 1178 |   } | ||
| 1179 | |||
| 1180 | child_range children() { | ||
| 1181 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 1182 |   } | ||
| 1183 | |||
| 1184 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 1185 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 1186 |   } | ||
| 1187 | |||
| 1188 |   /// The source expression of an opaque value expression is the | ||
| 1189 |   /// expression which originally generated the value.  This is | ||
| 1190 |   /// provided as a convenience for analyses that don't wish to | ||
| 1191 |   /// precisely model the execution behavior of the program. | ||
| 1192 |   /// | ||
| 1193 |   /// The source expression is typically set when building the | ||
| 1194 |   /// expression which binds the opaque value expression in the first | ||
| 1195 |   /// place. | ||
| 1196 | Expr *getSourceExpr() const { return SourceExpr; } | ||
| 1197 | |||
| 1198 | void setIsUnique(bool V) { | ||
| 1199 | assert((!V || SourceExpr) && | ||
| 1200 | "unique OVEs are expected to have source expressions"); | ||
| 1201 | OpaqueValueExprBits.IsUnique = V; | ||
| 1202 |   } | ||
| 1203 | |||
| 1204 | bool isUnique() const { return OpaqueValueExprBits.IsUnique; } | ||
| 1205 | |||
| 1206 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 1207 | return T->getStmtClass() == OpaqueValueExprClass; | ||
| 1208 |   } | ||
| 1209 | }; | ||
| 1210 | |||
| 1211 | /// A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc. | ||
| 1212 | /// [C99 6.5.1p2] | ||
| 1213 | /// | ||
| 1214 | /// This encodes all the information about how a declaration is referenced | ||
| 1215 | /// within an expression. | ||
| 1216 | /// | ||
| 1217 | /// There are several optional constructs attached to DeclRefExprs only when | ||
| 1218 | /// they apply in order to conserve memory. These are laid out past the end of | ||
| 1219 | /// the object, and flags in the DeclRefExprBitfield track whether they exist: | ||
| 1220 | /// | ||
| 1221 | ///   DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier: | ||
| 1222 | ///       Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a C++ | ||
| 1223 | ///       nested-name-specifier. | ||
| 1224 | ///   DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl: | ||
| 1225 | ///       Specifies when this declaration reference expression has a record of | ||
| 1226 | ///       a NamedDecl (different from the referenced ValueDecl) which was found | ||
| 1227 | ///       during name lookup and/or overload resolution. | ||
| 1228 | ///   DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo: | ||
| 1229 | ///       Specifies when this declaration reference expression has an explicit | ||
| 1230 | ///       C++ template keyword and/or template argument list. | ||
| 1231 | ///   DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture | ||
| 1232 | ///       Specifies when this declaration reference expression (validly) | ||
| 1233 | ///       refers to an enclosed local or a captured variable. | ||
| 1234 | class DeclRefExpr final | ||
| 1235 | : public Expr, | ||
| 1236 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<DeclRefExpr, NestedNameSpecifierLoc, | ||
| 1237 |                                     NamedDecl *, ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | ||
| 1238 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { | ||
| 1239 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 1240 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | ||
| 1241 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 1242 | |||
| 1243 |   /// The declaration that we are referencing. | ||
| 1244 | ValueDecl *D; | ||
| 1245 | |||
| 1246 |   /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name | ||
| 1247 |   /// embedded in D. | ||
| 1248 |   DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; | ||
| 1249 | |||
| 1250 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>) const { | ||
| 1251 | return hasQualifier(); | ||
| 1252 |   } | ||
| 1253 | |||
| 1254 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<NamedDecl *>) const { | ||
| 1255 | return hasFoundDecl(); | ||
| 1256 |   } | ||
| 1257 | |||
| 1258 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { | ||
| 1259 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | ||
| 1260 |   } | ||
| 1261 | |||
| 1262 |   /// Test whether there is a distinct FoundDecl attached to the end of | ||
| 1263 |   /// this DRE. | ||
| 1264 | bool hasFoundDecl() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasFoundDecl; } | ||
| 1265 | |||
| 1266 | DeclRefExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | ||
| 1267 |               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D, | ||
| 1268 |               bool RefersToEnlosingVariableOrCapture, | ||
| 1269 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *FoundD, | ||
| 1270 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, QualType T, | ||
| 1271 | ExprValueKind VK, NonOdrUseReason NOUR); | ||
| 1272 | |||
| 1273 |   /// Construct an empty declaration reference expression. | ||
| 1274 | explicit DeclRefExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(DeclRefExprClass, Empty) {} | ||
| 1275 | |||
| 1276 | public: | ||
| 1277 | DeclRefExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, ValueDecl *D, | ||
| 1278 |               bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, QualType T, | ||
| 1279 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation L, | ||
| 1280 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc(), | ||
| 1281 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None); | ||
| 1282 | |||
| 1283 | static DeclRefExpr * | ||
| 1284 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | ||
| 1285 |          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D, | ||
| 1286 |          bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, SourceLocation NameLoc, | ||
| 1287 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, | ||
| 1288 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, | ||
| 1289 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None); | ||
| 1290 | |||
| 1291 | static DeclRefExpr * | ||
| 1292 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | ||
| 1293 |          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *D, | ||
| 1294 |          bool RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture, | ||
| 1295 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 1296 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, | ||
| 1297 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, | ||
| 1298 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR = NOUR_None); | ||
| 1299 | |||
| 1300 |   /// Construct an empty declaration reference expression. | ||
| 1301 | static DeclRefExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasQualifier, | ||
| 1302 |                                   bool HasFoundDecl, | ||
| 1303 |                                   bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | ||
| 1304 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); | ||
| 1305 | |||
| 1306 | ValueDecl *getDecl() { return D; } | ||
| 1307 | const ValueDecl *getDecl() const { return D; } | ||
| 1308 | void setDecl(ValueDecl *NewD); | ||
| 1309 | |||
| 1310 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { | ||
| 1311 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDecl()->getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc); | ||
| 1312 |   } | ||
| 1313 | |||
| 1314 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return DeclRefExprBits.Loc; } | ||
| 1315 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { DeclRefExprBits.Loc = L; } | ||
| 1316 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 1317 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 1318 | |||
| 1319 |   /// Determine whether this declaration reference was preceded by a | ||
| 1320 |   /// C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., \c N::foo. | ||
| 1321 | bool hasQualifier() const { return DeclRefExprBits.HasQualifier; } | ||
| 1322 | |||
| 1323 |   /// If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier | ||
| 1324 |   /// that precedes the name, with source-location information. | ||
| 1325 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { | ||
| 1326 | if (!hasQualifier()) | ||
| 1327 | return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); | ||
| 1328 | return *getTrailingObjects<NestedNameSpecifierLoc>(); | ||
| 1329 |   } | ||
| 1330 | |||
| 1331 |   /// If the name was qualified, retrieves the nested-name-specifier | ||
| 1332 |   /// that precedes the name. Otherwise, returns NULL. | ||
| 1333 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { | ||
| 1334 | return getQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier(); | ||
| 1335 |   } | ||
| 1336 | |||
| 1337 |   /// Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred. | ||
| 1338 |   /// | ||
| 1339 |   /// This Decl may be different from the ValueDecl actually referred to in the | ||
| 1340 |   /// presence of using declarations, etc. It always returns non-NULL, and may | ||
| 1341 |   /// simple return the ValueDecl when appropriate. | ||
| 1342 | |||
| 1343 | NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() { | ||
| 1344 | return hasFoundDecl() ? *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>() : D; | ||
| 1345 |   } | ||
| 1346 | |||
| 1347 |   /// Get the NamedDecl through which this reference occurred. | ||
| 1348 |   /// See non-const variant. | ||
| 1349 | const NamedDecl *getFoundDecl() const { | ||
| 1350 | return hasFoundDecl() ? *getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>() : D; | ||
| 1351 |   } | ||
| 1352 | |||
| 1353 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { | ||
| 1354 | return DeclRefExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; | ||
| 1355 |   } | ||
| 1356 | |||
| 1357 |   /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding | ||
| 1358 |   /// this name, if any. | ||
| 1359 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { | ||
| 1360 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | ||
| 1361 | return SourceLocation(); | ||
| 1362 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc; | ||
| 1363 |   } | ||
| 1364 | |||
| 1365 |   /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the | ||
| 1366 |   /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. | ||
| 1367 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { | ||
| 1368 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | ||
| 1369 | return SourceLocation(); | ||
| 1370 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc; | ||
| 1371 |   } | ||
| 1372 | |||
| 1373 |   /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the | ||
| 1374 |   /// explicit template argument list following the name, if any. | ||
| 1375 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { | ||
| 1376 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | ||
| 1377 | return SourceLocation(); | ||
| 1378 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc; | ||
| 1379 |   } | ||
| 1380 | |||
| 1381 |   /// Determines whether the name in this declaration reference | ||
| 1382 |   /// was preceded by the template keyword. | ||
| 1383 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } | ||
| 1384 | |||
| 1385 |   /// Determines whether this declaration reference was followed by an | ||
| 1386 |   /// explicit template argument list. | ||
| 1387 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } | ||
| 1388 | |||
| 1389 |   /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given | ||
| 1390 |   /// structure. | ||
| 1391 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { | ||
| 1392 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||
| 1393 | getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto( | ||
| 1394 | getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List); | ||
| 1395 |   } | ||
| 1396 | |||
| 1397 |   /// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this | ||
| 1398 |   /// template-id. | ||
| 1399 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const { | ||
| 1400 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||
| 1401 | return nullptr; | ||
| 1402 | return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); | ||
| 1403 |   } | ||
| 1404 | |||
| 1405 |   /// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this | ||
| 1406 |   /// template-id. | ||
| 1407 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { | ||
| 1408 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||
| 1409 | return 0; | ||
| 1410 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs; | ||
| 1411 |   } | ||
| 1412 | |||
| 1413 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { | ||
| 1414 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; | ||
| 1415 |   } | ||
| 1416 | |||
| 1417 |   /// Returns true if this expression refers to a function that | ||
| 1418 |   /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1. | ||
| 1419 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { | ||
| 1420 | return DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates; | ||
| 1421 |   } | ||
| 1422 |   /// Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to | ||
| 1423 |   /// a function that was resolved from an overloaded set having size | ||
| 1424 |   /// greater than 1. | ||
| 1425 | void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) { | ||
| 1426 | DeclRefExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V; | ||
| 1427 |   } | ||
| 1428 | |||
| 1429 |   /// Is this expression a non-odr-use reference, and if so, why? | ||
| 1430 | NonOdrUseReason isNonOdrUse() const { | ||
| 1431 | return static_cast<NonOdrUseReason>(DeclRefExprBits.NonOdrUseReason); | ||
| 1432 |   } | ||
| 1433 | |||
| 1434 |   /// Does this DeclRefExpr refer to an enclosing local or a captured | ||
| 1435 |   /// variable? | ||
| 1436 | bool refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture() const { | ||
| 1437 | return DeclRefExprBits.RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture; | ||
| 1438 |   } | ||
| 1439 | |||
| 1440 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 1441 | return T->getStmtClass() == DeclRefExprClass; | ||
| 1442 |   } | ||
| 1443 | |||
| 1444 |   // Iterators | ||
| 1445 | child_range children() { | ||
| 1446 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 1447 |   } | ||
| 1448 | |||
| 1449 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 1450 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 1451 |   } | ||
| 1452 | }; | ||
| 1453 | |||
| 1454 | /// Used by IntegerLiteral/FloatingLiteral to store the numeric without | ||
| 1455 | /// leaking memory. | ||
| 1456 | /// | ||
| 1457 | /// For large floats/integers, APFloat/APInt will allocate memory from the heap | ||
| 1458 | /// to represent these numbers.  Unfortunately, when we use a BumpPtrAllocator | ||
| 1459 | /// to allocate IntegerLiteral/FloatingLiteral nodes the memory associated with | ||
| 1460 | /// the APFloat/APInt values will never get freed. APNumericStorage uses | ||
| 1461 | /// ASTContext's allocator for memory allocation. | ||
| 1462 | class APNumericStorage { | ||
| 1463 | union { | ||
| 1464 | uint64_t VAL; ///< Used to store the <= 64 bits integer value. | ||
| 1465 | uint64_t *pVal; ///< Used to store the >64 bits integer value. | ||
| 1466 | }; | ||
| 1467 | unsigned BitWidth; | ||
| 1468 | |||
| 1469 | bool hasAllocation() const { return llvm::APInt::getNumWords(BitWidth) > 1; } | ||
| 1470 | |||
| 1471 | APNumericStorage(const APNumericStorage &) = delete; | ||
| 1472 | void operator=(const APNumericStorage &) = delete; | ||
| 1473 | |||
| 1474 | protected: | ||
| 1475 | APNumericStorage() : VAL(0), BitWidth(0) { } | ||
| 1476 | |||
| 1477 | llvm::APInt getIntValue() const { | ||
| 1478 | unsigned NumWords = llvm::APInt::getNumWords(BitWidth); | ||
| 1479 | if (NumWords > 1) | ||
| 1480 | return llvm::APInt(BitWidth, NumWords, pVal); | ||
| 1481 |     else | ||
| 1482 | return llvm::APInt(BitWidth, VAL); | ||
| 1483 |   } | ||
| 1484 | void setIntValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &Val); | ||
| 1485 | }; | ||
| 1486 | |||
| 1487 | class APIntStorage : private APNumericStorage { | ||
| 1488 | public: | ||
| 1489 | llvm::APInt getValue() const { return getIntValue(); } | ||
| 1490 | void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &Val) { | ||
| 1491 | setIntValue(C, Val); | ||
| 1492 |   } | ||
| 1493 | }; | ||
| 1494 | |||
| 1495 | class APFloatStorage : private APNumericStorage { | ||
| 1496 | public: | ||
| 1497 | llvm::APFloat getValue(const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics) const { | ||
| 1498 | return llvm::APFloat(Semantics, getIntValue()); | ||
| 1499 |   } | ||
| 1500 | void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val) { | ||
| 1501 | setIntValue(C, Val.bitcastToAPInt()); | ||
| 1502 |   } | ||
| 1503 | }; | ||
| 1504 | |||
| 1505 | class IntegerLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage { | ||
| 1506 |   SourceLocation Loc; | ||
| 1507 | |||
| 1508 |   /// Construct an empty integer literal. | ||
| 1509 | explicit IntegerLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 1510 | : Expr(IntegerLiteralClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 1511 | |||
| 1512 | public: | ||
| 1513 |   // type should be IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy, UnsignedLongTy, | ||
| 1514 |   // or UnsignedLongLongTy | ||
| 1515 | IntegerLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type, | ||
| 1516 | SourceLocation l); | ||
| 1517 | |||
| 1518 |   /// Returns a new integer literal with value 'V' and type 'type'. | ||
| 1519 |   /// \param type - either IntTy, LongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedIntTy, | ||
| 1520 |   /// UnsignedLongTy, or UnsignedLongLongTy which should match the size of V | ||
| 1521 |   /// \param V - the value that the returned integer literal contains. | ||
| 1522 | static IntegerLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, | ||
| 1523 | QualType type, SourceLocation l); | ||
| 1524 |   /// Returns a new empty integer literal. | ||
| 1525 | static IntegerLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); | ||
| 1526 | |||
| 1527 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } | ||
| 1528 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } | ||
| 1529 | |||
| 1530 |   /// Retrieve the location of the literal. | ||
| 1531 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } | ||
| 1532 | |||
| 1533 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; } | ||
| 1534 | |||
| 1535 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 1536 | return T->getStmtClass() == IntegerLiteralClass; | ||
| 1537 |   } | ||
| 1538 | |||
| 1539 |   // Iterators | ||
| 1540 | child_range children() { | ||
| 1541 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 1542 |   } | ||
| 1543 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 1544 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 1545 |   } | ||
| 1546 | }; | ||
| 1547 | |||
| 1548 | class FixedPointLiteral : public Expr, public APIntStorage { | ||
| 1549 |   SourceLocation Loc; | ||
| 1550 | unsigned Scale; | ||
| 1551 | |||
| 1552 |   /// \brief Construct an empty fixed-point literal. | ||
| 1553 | explicit FixedPointLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 1554 | : Expr(FixedPointLiteralClass, Empty) {} | ||
| 1555 | |||
| 1556 | public: | ||
| 1557 | FixedPointLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APInt &V, QualType type, | ||
| 1558 | SourceLocation l, unsigned Scale); | ||
| 1559 | |||
| 1560 |   // Store the int as is without any bit shifting. | ||
| 1561 | static FixedPointLiteral *CreateFromRawInt(const ASTContext &C, | ||
| 1562 | const llvm::APInt &V, | ||
| 1563 | QualType type, SourceLocation l, | ||
| 1564 | unsigned Scale); | ||
| 1565 | |||
| 1566 |   /// Returns an empty fixed-point literal. | ||
| 1567 | static FixedPointLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); | ||
| 1568 | |||
| 1569 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } | ||
| 1570 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } | ||
| 1571 | |||
| 1572 |   /// \brief Retrieve the location of the literal. | ||
| 1573 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } | ||
| 1574 | |||
| 1575 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; } | ||
| 1576 | |||
| 1577 | unsigned getScale() const { return Scale; } | ||
| 1578 | void setScale(unsigned S) { Scale = S; } | ||
| 1579 | |||
| 1580 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 1581 | return T->getStmtClass() == FixedPointLiteralClass; | ||
| 1582 |   } | ||
| 1583 | |||
| 1584 | std::string getValueAsString(unsigned Radix) const; | ||
| 1585 | |||
| 1586 |   // Iterators | ||
| 1587 | child_range children() { | ||
| 1588 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 1589 |   } | ||
| 1590 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 1591 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 1592 |   } | ||
| 1593 | }; | ||
| 1594 | |||
| 1595 | class CharacterLiteral : public Expr { | ||
| 1596 | public: | ||
| 1597 | enum CharacterKind { | ||
| 1598 | Ascii, | ||
| 1599 | Wide, | ||
| 1600 | UTF8, | ||
| 1601 | UTF16, | ||
| 1602 | UTF32 | ||
| 1603 | }; | ||
| 1604 | |||
| 1605 | private: | ||
| 1606 | unsigned Value; | ||
| 1607 |   SourceLocation Loc; | ||
| 1608 | public: | ||
| 1609 |   // type should be IntTy | ||
| 1610 | CharacterLiteral(unsigned value, CharacterKind kind, QualType type, | ||
| 1611 |                    SourceLocation l) | ||
| 1612 | : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, type, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | ||
| 1613 | Value(value), Loc(l) { | ||
| 1614 | CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = kind; | ||
| 1615 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | ||
| 1616 |   } | ||
| 1617 | |||
| 1618 |   /// Construct an empty character literal. | ||
| 1619 | CharacterLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(CharacterLiteralClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 1620 | |||
| 1621 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } | ||
| 1622 | CharacterKind getKind() const { | ||
| 1623 | return static_cast<CharacterKind>(CharacterLiteralBits.Kind); | ||
| 1624 |   } | ||
| 1625 | |||
| 1626 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } | ||
| 1627 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } | ||
| 1628 | |||
| 1629 | unsigned getValue() const { return Value; } | ||
| 1630 | |||
| 1631 | void setLocation(SourceLocation Location) { Loc = Location; } | ||
| 1632 | void setKind(CharacterKind kind) { CharacterLiteralBits.Kind = kind; } | ||
| 1633 | void setValue(unsigned Val) { Value = Val; } | ||
| 1634 | |||
| 1635 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 1636 | return T->getStmtClass() == CharacterLiteralClass; | ||
| 1637 |   } | ||
| 1638 | |||
| 1639 | static void print(unsigned val, CharacterKind Kind, raw_ostream &OS); | ||
| 1640 | |||
| 1641 |   // Iterators | ||
| 1642 | child_range children() { | ||
| 1643 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 1644 |   } | ||
| 1645 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 1646 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 1647 |   } | ||
| 1648 | }; | ||
| 1649 | |||
| 1650 | class FloatingLiteral : public Expr, private APFloatStorage { | ||
| 1651 |   SourceLocation Loc; | ||
| 1652 | |||
| 1653 | FloatingLiteral(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V, bool isexact, | ||
| 1654 | QualType Type, SourceLocation L); | ||
| 1655 | |||
| 1656 |   /// Construct an empty floating-point literal. | ||
| 1657 | explicit FloatingLiteral(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); | ||
| 1658 | |||
| 1659 | public: | ||
| 1660 | static FloatingLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &V, | ||
| 1661 | bool isexact, QualType Type, SourceLocation L); | ||
| 1662 | static FloatingLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty); | ||
| 1663 | |||
| 1664 | llvm::APFloat getValue() const { | ||
| 1665 | return APFloatStorage::getValue(getSemantics()); | ||
| 1666 |   } | ||
| 1667 | void setValue(const ASTContext &C, const llvm::APFloat &Val) { | ||
| 1668 | assert(&getSemantics() == &Val.getSemantics() && "Inconsistent semantics"); | ||
| 1669 | APFloatStorage::setValue(C, Val); | ||
| 1670 |   } | ||
| 1671 | |||
| 1672 |   /// Get a raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of | ||
| 1673 |   /// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialisation. | ||
| 1674 | llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics getRawSemantics() const { | ||
| 1675 | return static_cast<llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics>( | ||
| 1676 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics); | ||
| 1677 |   } | ||
| 1678 | |||
| 1679 |   /// Set the raw enumeration value representing the floating-point semantics of | ||
| 1680 |   /// this literal (32-bit IEEE, x87, ...), suitable for serialisation. | ||
| 1681 | void setRawSemantics(llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics Sem) { | ||
| 1682 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics = Sem; | ||
| 1683 |   } | ||
| 1684 | |||
| 1685 |   /// Return the APFloat semantics this literal uses. | ||
| 1686 | const llvm::fltSemantics &getSemantics() const { | ||
| 1687 | return llvm::APFloatBase::EnumToSemantics( | ||
| 1688 | static_cast<llvm::APFloatBase::Semantics>( | ||
| 1689 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics)); | ||
| 1690 |   } | ||
| 1691 | |||
| 1692 |   /// Set the APFloat semantics this literal uses. | ||
| 1693 | void setSemantics(const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem) { | ||
| 1694 | FloatingLiteralBits.Semantics = llvm::APFloatBase::SemanticsToEnum(Sem); | ||
| 1695 |   } | ||
| 1696 | |||
| 1697 | bool isExact() const { return FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact; } | ||
| 1698 | void setExact(bool E) { FloatingLiteralBits.IsExact = E; } | ||
| 1699 | |||
| 1700 |   /// getValueAsApproximateDouble - This returns the value as an inaccurate | ||
| 1701 |   /// double.  Note that this may cause loss of precision, but is useful for | ||
| 1702 |   /// debugging dumps, etc. | ||
| 1703 | double getValueAsApproximateDouble() const; | ||
| 1704 | |||
| 1705 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; } | ||
| 1706 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { Loc = L; } | ||
| 1707 | |||
| 1708 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } | ||
| 1709 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Loc; } | ||
| 1710 | |||
| 1711 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 1712 | return T->getStmtClass() == FloatingLiteralClass; | ||
| 1713 |   } | ||
| 1714 | |||
| 1715 |   // Iterators | ||
| 1716 | child_range children() { | ||
| 1717 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 1718 |   } | ||
| 1719 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 1720 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 1721 |   } | ||
| 1722 | }; | ||
| 1723 | |||
| 1724 | /// ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals, | ||
| 1725 | /// like "1.0i".  We represent these as a wrapper around FloatingLiteral and | ||
| 1726 | /// IntegerLiteral classes.  Instances of this class always have a Complex type | ||
| 1727 | /// whose element type matches the subexpression. | ||
| 1728 | /// | ||
| 1729 | class ImaginaryLiteral : public Expr { | ||
| 1730 | Stmt *Val; | ||
| 1731 | public: | ||
| 1732 | ImaginaryLiteral(Expr *val, QualType Ty) | ||
| 1733 | : Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), Val(val) { | ||
| 1734 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | ||
| 1735 |   } | ||
| 1736 | |||
| 1737 |   /// Build an empty imaginary literal. | ||
| 1738 | explicit ImaginaryLiteral(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 1739 | : Expr(ImaginaryLiteralClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 1740 | |||
| 1741 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } | ||
| 1742 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); } | ||
| 1743 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } | ||
| 1744 | |||
| 1745 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 1746 | return Val->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 1747 |   } | ||
| 1748 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Val->getEndLoc(); } | ||
| 1749 | |||
| 1750 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 1751 | return T->getStmtClass() == ImaginaryLiteralClass; | ||
| 1752 |   } | ||
| 1753 | |||
| 1754 |   // Iterators | ||
| 1755 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } | ||
| 1756 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 1757 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); | ||
| 1758 |   } | ||
| 1759 | }; | ||
| 1760 | |||
| 1761 | /// StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g. "foo" | ||
| 1762 | /// or L"bar" (wide strings). The actual string data can be obtained with | ||
| 1763 | /// getBytes() and is NOT null-terminated. The length of the string data is | ||
| 1764 | /// determined by calling getByteLength(). | ||
| 1765 | /// | ||
| 1766 | /// The C type for a string is always a ConstantArrayType. In C++, the char | ||
| 1767 | /// type is const qualified, in C it is not. | ||
| 1768 | /// | ||
| 1769 | /// Note that strings in C can be formed by concatenation of multiple string | ||
| 1770 | /// literal pptokens in translation phase #6. This keeps track of the locations | ||
| 1771 | /// of each of these pieces. | ||
| 1772 | /// | ||
| 1773 | /// Strings in C can also be truncated and extended by assigning into arrays, | ||
| 1774 | /// e.g. with constructs like: | ||
| 1775 | ///   char X[2] = "foobar"; | ||
| 1776 | /// In this case, getByteLength() will return 6, but the string literal will | ||
| 1777 | /// have type "char[2]". | ||
| 1778 | class StringLiteral final | ||
| 1779 | : public Expr, | ||
| 1780 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<StringLiteral, unsigned, SourceLocation, | ||
| 1781 | char> { | ||
| 1782 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 1783 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 1784 | |||
| 1785 |   /// StringLiteral is followed by several trailing objects. They are in order: | ||
| 1786 |   /// | ||
| 1787 |   /// * A single unsigned storing the length in characters of this string. The | ||
| 1788 |   ///   length in bytes is this length times the width of a single character. | ||
| 1789 |   ///   Always present and stored as a trailing objects because storing it in | ||
| 1790 |   ///   StringLiteral would increase the size of StringLiteral by sizeof(void *) | ||
| 1791 |   ///   due to alignment requirements. If you add some data to StringLiteral, | ||
| 1792 |   ///   consider moving it inside StringLiteral. | ||
| 1793 |   /// | ||
| 1794 |   /// * An array of getNumConcatenated() SourceLocation, one for each of the | ||
| 1795 |   ///   token this string is made of. | ||
| 1796 |   /// | ||
| 1797 |   /// * An array of getByteLength() char used to store the string data. | ||
| 1798 | |||
| 1799 | public: | ||
| 1800 | enum StringKind { Ordinary, Wide, UTF8, UTF16, UTF32 }; | ||
| 1801 | |||
| 1802 | private: | ||
| 1803 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<unsigned>) const { return 1; } | ||
| 1804 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { | ||
| 1805 | return getNumConcatenated(); | ||
| 1806 |   } | ||
| 1807 | |||
| 1808 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<char>) const { | ||
| 1809 | return getByteLength(); | ||
| 1810 |   } | ||
| 1811 | |||
| 1812 | char *getStrDataAsChar() { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } | ||
| 1813 | const char *getStrDataAsChar() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } | ||
| 1814 | |||
| 1815 | const uint16_t *getStrDataAsUInt16() const { | ||
| 1816 | return reinterpret_cast<const uint16_t *>(getTrailingObjects<char>()); | ||
| 1817 |   } | ||
| 1818 | |||
| 1819 | const uint32_t *getStrDataAsUInt32() const { | ||
| 1820 | return reinterpret_cast<const uint32_t *>(getTrailingObjects<char>()); | ||
| 1821 |   } | ||
| 1822 | |||
| 1823 |   /// Build a string literal. | ||
| 1824 | StringLiteral(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, StringKind Kind, | ||
| 1825 | bool Pascal, QualType Ty, const SourceLocation *Loc, | ||
| 1826 | unsigned NumConcatenated); | ||
| 1827 | |||
| 1828 |   /// Build an empty string literal. | ||
| 1829 | StringLiteral(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumConcatenated, unsigned Length, | ||
| 1830 | unsigned CharByteWidth); | ||
| 1831 | |||
| 1832 |   /// Map a target and string kind to the appropriate character width. | ||
| 1833 | static unsigned mapCharByteWidth(TargetInfo const &Target, StringKind SK); | ||
| 1834 | |||
| 1835 |   /// Set one of the string literal token. | ||
| 1836 | void setStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum, SourceLocation L) { | ||
| 1837 | assert(TokNum < getNumConcatenated() && "Invalid tok number"); | ||
| 1838 | getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()[TokNum] = L; | ||
| 1839 |   } | ||
| 1840 | |||
| 1841 | public: | ||
| 1842 |   /// This is the "fully general" constructor that allows representation of | ||
| 1843 |   /// strings formed from multiple concatenated tokens. | ||
| 1844 | static StringLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, | ||
| 1845 |                                StringKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, | ||
| 1846 | const SourceLocation *Loc, | ||
| 1847 | unsigned NumConcatenated); | ||
| 1848 | |||
| 1849 |   /// Simple constructor for string literals made from one token. | ||
| 1850 | static StringLiteral *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, | ||
| 1851 |                                StringKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, | ||
| 1852 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||
| 1853 | return Create(Ctx, Str, Kind, Pascal, Ty, &Loc, 1); | ||
| 1854 |   } | ||
| 1855 | |||
| 1856 |   /// Construct an empty string literal. | ||
| 1857 | static StringLiteral *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 1858 | unsigned NumConcatenated, unsigned Length, | ||
| 1859 | unsigned CharByteWidth); | ||
| 1860 | |||
| 1861 | StringRef getString() const { | ||
| 1862 | assert(getCharByteWidth() == 1 && | ||
| 1863 | "This function is used in places that assume strings use char"); | ||
| 1864 | return StringRef(getStrDataAsChar(), getByteLength()); | ||
| 1865 |   } | ||
| 1866 | |||
| 1867 |   /// Allow access to clients that need the byte representation, such as | ||
| 1868 |   /// ASTWriterStmt::VisitStringLiteral(). | ||
| 1869 | StringRef getBytes() const { | ||
| 1870 |     // FIXME: StringRef may not be the right type to use as a result for this. | ||
| 1871 | return StringRef(getStrDataAsChar(), getByteLength()); | ||
| 1872 |   } | ||
| 1873 | |||
| 1874 | void outputString(raw_ostream &OS) const; | ||
| 1875 | |||
| 1876 | uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const { | ||
| 1877 | assert(i < getLength() && "out of bounds access"); | ||
| 1878 | switch (getCharByteWidth()) { | ||
| 1879 | case 1: | ||
| 1880 | return static_cast<unsigned char>(getStrDataAsChar()[i]); | ||
| 1881 | case 2: | ||
| 1882 | return getStrDataAsUInt16()[i]; | ||
| 1883 | case 4: | ||
| 1884 | return getStrDataAsUInt32()[i]; | ||
| 1885 |     } | ||
| 1886 | llvm_unreachable("Unsupported character width!"); | ||
| 1887 |   } | ||
| 1888 | |||
| 1889 | unsigned getByteLength() const { return getCharByteWidth() * getLength(); } | ||
| 1890 | unsigned getLength() const { return *getTrailingObjects<unsigned>(); } | ||
| 1891 | unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return StringLiteralBits.CharByteWidth; } | ||
| 1892 | |||
| 1893 | StringKind getKind() const { | ||
| 1894 | return static_cast<StringKind>(StringLiteralBits.Kind); | ||
| 1895 |   } | ||
| 1896 | |||
| 1897 | bool isOrdinary() const { return getKind() == Ordinary; } | ||
| 1898 | bool isWide() const { return getKind() == Wide; } | ||
| 1899 | bool isUTF8() const { return getKind() == UTF8; } | ||
| 1900 | bool isUTF16() const { return getKind() == UTF16; } | ||
| 1901 | bool isUTF32() const { return getKind() == UTF32; } | ||
| 1902 | bool isPascal() const { return StringLiteralBits.IsPascal; } | ||
| 1903 | |||
| 1904 | bool containsNonAscii() const { | ||
| 1905 | for (auto c : getString()) | ||
| 1906 | if (!isASCII(c)) | ||
| 1907 | return true; | ||
| 1908 | return false; | ||
| 1909 |   } | ||
| 1910 | |||
| 1911 | bool containsNonAsciiOrNull() const { | ||
| 1912 | for (auto c : getString()) | ||
| 1913 | if (!isASCII(c) || !c) | ||
| 1914 | return true; | ||
| 1915 | return false; | ||
| 1916 |   } | ||
| 1917 | |||
| 1918 |   /// getNumConcatenated - Get the number of string literal tokens that were | ||
| 1919 |   /// concatenated in translation phase #6 to form this string literal. | ||
| 1920 | unsigned getNumConcatenated() const { | ||
| 1921 | return StringLiteralBits.NumConcatenated; | ||
| 1922 |   } | ||
| 1923 | |||
| 1924 |   /// Get one of the string literal token. | ||
| 1925 | SourceLocation getStrTokenLoc(unsigned TokNum) const { | ||
| 1926 | assert(TokNum < getNumConcatenated() && "Invalid tok number"); | ||
| 1927 | return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()[TokNum]; | ||
| 1928 |   } | ||
| 1929 | |||
| 1930 |   /// getLocationOfByte - Return a source location that points to the specified | ||
| 1931 |   /// byte of this string literal. | ||
| 1932 |   /// | ||
| 1933 |   /// Strings are amazingly complex.  They can be formed from multiple tokens | ||
| 1934 |   /// and can have escape sequences in them in addition to the usual trigraph | ||
| 1935 |   /// and escaped newline business.  This routine handles this complexity. | ||
| 1936 |   /// | ||
| 1937 | SourceLocation | ||
| 1938 | getLocationOfByte(unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM, | ||
| 1939 | const LangOptions &Features, const TargetInfo &Target, | ||
| 1940 | unsigned *StartToken = nullptr, | ||
| 1941 | unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const; | ||
| 1942 | |||
| 1943 | typedef const SourceLocation *tokloc_iterator; | ||
| 1944 | |||
| 1945 | tokloc_iterator tokloc_begin() const { | ||
| 1946 | return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>(); | ||
| 1947 |   } | ||
| 1948 | |||
| 1949 | tokloc_iterator tokloc_end() const { | ||
| 1950 | return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() + getNumConcatenated(); | ||
| 1951 |   } | ||
| 1952 | |||
| 1953 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return *tokloc_begin(); } | ||
| 1954 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return *(tokloc_end() - 1); } | ||
| 1955 | |||
| 1956 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 1957 | return T->getStmtClass() == StringLiteralClass; | ||
| 1958 |   } | ||
| 1959 | |||
| 1960 |   // Iterators | ||
| 1961 | child_range children() { | ||
| 1962 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 1963 |   } | ||
| 1964 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 1965 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 1966 |   } | ||
| 1967 | }; | ||
| 1968 | |||
| 1969 | /// [C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as __func__. | ||
| 1970 | class PredefinedExpr final | ||
| 1971 | : public Expr, | ||
| 1972 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PredefinedExpr, Stmt *> { | ||
| 1973 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 1974 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 1975 | |||
| 1976 |   // PredefinedExpr is optionally followed by a single trailing | ||
| 1977 |   // "Stmt *" for the predefined identifier. It is present if and only if | ||
| 1978 |   // hasFunctionName() is true and is always a "StringLiteral *". | ||
| 1979 | |||
| 1980 | public: | ||
| 1981 | enum IdentKind { | ||
| 1982 | Func, | ||
| 1983 | Function, | ||
| 1984 |     LFunction, // Same as Function, but as wide string. | ||
| 1985 | FuncDName, | ||
| 1986 | FuncSig, | ||
| 1987 |     LFuncSig, // Same as FuncSig, but as wide string | ||
| 1988 | PrettyFunction, | ||
| 1989 |     /// The same as PrettyFunction, except that the | ||
| 1990 |     /// 'virtual' keyword is omitted for virtual member functions. | ||
| 1991 | PrettyFunctionNoVirtual | ||
| 1992 | }; | ||
| 1993 | |||
| 1994 | private: | ||
| 1995 |   PredefinedExpr(SourceLocation L, QualType FNTy, IdentKind IK, | ||
| 1996 | StringLiteral *SL); | ||
| 1997 | |||
| 1998 | explicit PredefinedExpr(EmptyShell Empty, bool HasFunctionName); | ||
| 1999 | |||
| 2000 |   /// True if this PredefinedExpr has storage for a function name. | ||
| 2001 | bool hasFunctionName() const { return PredefinedExprBits.HasFunctionName; } | ||
| 2002 | |||
| 2003 | void setFunctionName(StringLiteral *SL) { | ||
| 2004 | assert(hasFunctionName() && | ||
| 2005 | "This PredefinedExpr has no storage for a function name!"); | ||
| 2006 | *getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() = SL; | ||
| 2007 |   } | ||
| 2008 | |||
| 2009 | public: | ||
| 2010 |   /// Create a PredefinedExpr. | ||
| 2011 | static PredefinedExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation L, | ||
| 2012 | QualType FNTy, IdentKind IK, StringLiteral *SL); | ||
| 2013 | |||
| 2014 |   /// Create an empty PredefinedExpr. | ||
| 2015 | static PredefinedExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 2016 | bool HasFunctionName); | ||
| 2017 | |||
| 2018 | IdentKind getIdentKind() const { | ||
| 2019 | return static_cast<IdentKind>(PredefinedExprBits.Kind); | ||
| 2020 |   } | ||
| 2021 | |||
| 2022 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return PredefinedExprBits.Loc; } | ||
| 2023 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { PredefinedExprBits.Loc = L; } | ||
| 2024 | |||
| 2025 | StringLiteral *getFunctionName() { | ||
| 2026 | return hasFunctionName() | ||
| 2027 | ? static_cast<StringLiteral *>(*getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()) | ||
| 2028 | : nullptr; | ||
| 2029 |   } | ||
| 2030 | |||
| 2031 | const StringLiteral *getFunctionName() const { | ||
| 2032 | return hasFunctionName() | ||
| 2033 | ? static_cast<StringLiteral *>(*getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()) | ||
| 2034 | : nullptr; | ||
| 2035 |   } | ||
| 2036 | |||
| 2037 | static StringRef getIdentKindName(IdentKind IK); | ||
| 2038 | StringRef getIdentKindName() const { | ||
| 2039 | return getIdentKindName(getIdentKind()); | ||
| 2040 |   } | ||
| 2041 | |||
| 2042 | static std::string ComputeName(IdentKind IK, const Decl *CurrentDecl); | ||
| 2043 | |||
| 2044 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | ||
| 2045 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | ||
| 2046 | |||
| 2047 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 2048 | return T->getStmtClass() == PredefinedExprClass; | ||
| 2049 |   } | ||
| 2050 | |||
| 2051 |   // Iterators | ||
| 2052 | child_range children() { | ||
| 2053 | return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), | ||
| 2054 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + hasFunctionName()); | ||
| 2055 |   } | ||
| 2056 | |||
| 2057 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 2058 | return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), | ||
| 2059 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + hasFunctionName()); | ||
| 2060 |   } | ||
| 2061 | }; | ||
| 2062 | |||
| 2063 | // This represents a use of the __builtin_sycl_unique_stable_name, which takes a | ||
| 2064 | // type-id, and at CodeGen time emits a unique string representation of the | ||
| 2065 | // type in a way that permits us to properly encode information about the SYCL | ||
| 2066 | // kernels. | ||
| 2067 | class SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr final : public Expr { | ||
| 2068 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 2069 |   SourceLocation OpLoc, LParen, RParen; | ||
| 2070 | TypeSourceInfo *TypeInfo; | ||
| 2071 | |||
| 2072 | SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(EmptyShell Empty, QualType ResultTy); | ||
| 2073 |   SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParen, | ||
| 2074 | SourceLocation RParen, QualType ResultTy, | ||
| 2075 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI); | ||
| 2076 | |||
| 2077 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *Ty) { TypeInfo = Ty; } | ||
| 2078 | |||
| 2079 | void setLocation(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; } | ||
| 2080 | void setLParenLocation(SourceLocation L) { LParen = L; } | ||
| 2081 | void setRParenLocation(SourceLocation L) { RParen = L; } | ||
| 2082 | |||
| 2083 | public: | ||
| 2084 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() { return TypeInfo; } | ||
| 2085 | |||
| 2086 | const TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TypeInfo; } | ||
| 2087 | |||
| 2088 | static SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr * | ||
| 2089 | Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParen, | ||
| 2090 | SourceLocation RParen, TypeSourceInfo *TSI); | ||
| 2091 | |||
| 2092 | static SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx); | ||
| 2093 | |||
| 2094 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLocation(); } | ||
| 2095 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return RParen; } | ||
| 2096 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return OpLoc; } | ||
| 2097 | SourceLocation getLParenLocation() const { return LParen; } | ||
| 2098 | SourceLocation getRParenLocation() const { return RParen; } | ||
| 2099 | |||
| 2100 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 2101 | return T->getStmtClass() == SYCLUniqueStableNameExprClass; | ||
| 2102 |   } | ||
| 2103 | |||
| 2104 |   // Iterators | ||
| 2105 | child_range children() { | ||
| 2106 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 2107 |   } | ||
| 2108 | |||
| 2109 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 2110 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 2111 |   } | ||
| 2112 | |||
| 2113 |   // Convenience function to generate the name of the currently stored type. | ||
| 2114 | std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context) const; | ||
| 2115 | |||
| 2116 |   // Get the generated name of the type.  Note that this only works after all | ||
| 2117 |   // kernels have been instantiated. | ||
| 2118 | static std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty); | ||
| 2119 | }; | ||
| 2120 | |||
| 2121 | /// ParenExpr - This represents a parethesized expression, e.g. "(1)".  This | ||
| 2122 | /// AST node is only formed if full location information is requested. | ||
| 2123 | class ParenExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 2124 |   SourceLocation L, R; | ||
| 2125 | Stmt *Val; | ||
| 2126 | public: | ||
| 2127 | ParenExpr(SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r, Expr *val) | ||
| 2128 | : Expr(ParenExprClass, val->getType(), val->getValueKind(), | ||
| 2129 | val->getObjectKind()), | ||
| 2130 | L(l), R(r), Val(val) { | ||
| 2131 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 2132 |   } | ||
| 2133 | |||
| 2134 |   /// Construct an empty parenthesized expression. | ||
| 2135 | explicit ParenExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 2136 | : Expr(ParenExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 2137 | |||
| 2138 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } | ||
| 2139 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); } | ||
| 2140 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } | ||
| 2141 | |||
| 2142 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return L; } | ||
| 2143 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return R; } | ||
| 2144 | |||
| 2145 |   /// Get the location of the left parentheses '('. | ||
| 2146 | SourceLocation getLParen() const { return L; } | ||
| 2147 | void setLParen(SourceLocation Loc) { L = Loc; } | ||
| 2148 | |||
| 2149 |   /// Get the location of the right parentheses ')'. | ||
| 2150 | SourceLocation getRParen() const { return R; } | ||
| 2151 | void setRParen(SourceLocation Loc) { R = Loc; } | ||
| 2152 | |||
| 2153 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 2154 | return T->getStmtClass() == ParenExprClass; | ||
| 2155 |   } | ||
| 2156 | |||
| 2157 |   // Iterators | ||
| 2158 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } | ||
| 2159 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 2160 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); | ||
| 2161 |   } | ||
| 2162 | }; | ||
| 2163 | |||
| 2164 | /// UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and | ||
| 2165 | /// alignof), the postinc/postdec operators from postfix-expression, and various | ||
| 2166 | /// extensions. | ||
| 2167 | /// | ||
| 2168 | /// Notes on various nodes: | ||
| 2169 | /// | ||
| 2170 | /// Real/Imag - These return the real/imag part of a complex operand.  If | ||
| 2171 | ///   applied to a non-complex value, the former returns its operand and the | ||
| 2172 | ///   later returns zero in the type of the operand. | ||
| 2173 | /// | ||
| 2174 | class UnaryOperator final | ||
| 2175 | : public Expr, | ||
| 2176 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<UnaryOperator, FPOptionsOverride> { | ||
| 2177 | Stmt *Val; | ||
| 2178 | |||
| 2179 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FPOptionsOverride>) const { | ||
| 2180 | return UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures ? 1 : 0; | ||
| 2181 |   } | ||
| 2182 | |||
| 2183 | FPOptionsOverride &getTrailingFPFeatures() { | ||
| 2184 | assert(UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); | ||
| 2185 | return *getTrailingObjects<FPOptionsOverride>(); | ||
| 2186 |   } | ||
| 2187 | |||
| 2188 | const FPOptionsOverride &getTrailingFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 2189 | assert(UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); | ||
| 2190 | return *getTrailingObjects<FPOptionsOverride>(); | ||
| 2191 |   } | ||
| 2192 | |||
| 2193 | public: | ||
| 2194 | typedef UnaryOperatorKind Opcode; | ||
| 2195 | |||
| 2196 | protected: | ||
| 2197 | UnaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *input, Opcode opc, QualType type, | ||
| 2198 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l, | ||
| 2199 | bool CanOverflow, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); | ||
| 2200 | |||
| 2201 |   /// Build an empty unary operator. | ||
| 2202 | explicit UnaryOperator(bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 2203 | : Expr(UnaryOperatorClass, Empty) { | ||
| 2204 | UnaryOperatorBits.Opc = UO_AddrOf; | ||
| 2205 | UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures; | ||
| 2206 |   } | ||
| 2207 | |||
| 2208 | public: | ||
| 2209 | static UnaryOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, bool hasFPFeatures); | ||
| 2210 | |||
| 2211 | static UnaryOperator *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *input, Opcode opc, | ||
| 2212 | QualType type, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 2213 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation l, | ||
| 2214 | bool CanOverflow, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); | ||
| 2215 | |||
| 2216 | Opcode getOpcode() const { | ||
| 2217 | return static_cast<Opcode>(UnaryOperatorBits.Opc); | ||
| 2218 |   } | ||
| 2219 | void setOpcode(Opcode Opc) { UnaryOperatorBits.Opc = Opc; } | ||
| 2220 | |||
| 2221 | Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } | ||
| 2222 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } | ||
| 2223 | |||
| 2224 |   /// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator. | ||
| 2225 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.Loc; } | ||
| 2226 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { UnaryOperatorBits.Loc = L; } | ||
| 2227 | |||
| 2228 |   /// Returns true if the unary operator can cause an overflow. For instance, | ||
| 2229 |   ///   signed int i = INT_MAX; i++; | ||
| 2230 |   ///   signed char c = CHAR_MAX; c++; | ||
| 2231 |   /// Due to integer promotions, c++ is promoted to an int before the postfix | ||
| 2232 |   /// increment, and the result is an int that cannot overflow. However, i++ | ||
| 2233 |   /// can overflow. | ||
| 2234 | bool canOverflow() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.CanOverflow; } | ||
| 2235 | void setCanOverflow(bool C) { UnaryOperatorBits.CanOverflow = C; } | ||
| 2236 | |||
| 2237 |   // Get the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for | ||
| 2238 |   // operations on floating point types. | ||
| 2239 | bool isFPContractableWithinStatement(const LangOptions &LO) const { | ||
| 2240 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).allowFPContractWithinStatement(); | ||
| 2241 |   } | ||
| 2242 | |||
| 2243 |   // Get the FENV_ACCESS status of this operator. Only meaningful for | ||
| 2244 |   // operations on floating point types. | ||
| 2245 | bool isFEnvAccessOn(const LangOptions &LO) const { | ||
| 2246 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).getAllowFEnvAccess(); | ||
| 2247 |   } | ||
| 2248 | |||
| 2249 |   /// isPostfix - Return true if this is a postfix operation, like x++. | ||
| 2250 | static bool isPostfix(Opcode Op) { | ||
| 2251 | return Op == UO_PostInc || Op == UO_PostDec; | ||
| 2252 |   } | ||
| 2253 | |||
| 2254 |   /// isPrefix - Return true if this is a prefix operation, like --x. | ||
| 2255 | static bool isPrefix(Opcode Op) { | ||
| 2256 | return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PreDec; | ||
| 2257 |   } | ||
| 2258 | |||
| 2259 | bool isPrefix() const { return isPrefix(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 2260 | bool isPostfix() const { return isPostfix(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 2261 | |||
| 2262 | static bool isIncrementOp(Opcode Op) { | ||
| 2263 | return Op == UO_PreInc || Op == UO_PostInc; | ||
| 2264 |   } | ||
| 2265 | bool isIncrementOp() const { | ||
| 2266 | return isIncrementOp(getOpcode()); | ||
| 2267 |   } | ||
| 2268 | |||
| 2269 | static bool isDecrementOp(Opcode Op) { | ||
| 2270 | return Op == UO_PreDec || Op == UO_PostDec; | ||
| 2271 |   } | ||
| 2272 | bool isDecrementOp() const { | ||
| 2273 | return isDecrementOp(getOpcode()); | ||
| 2274 |   } | ||
| 2275 | |||
| 2276 | static bool isIncrementDecrementOp(Opcode Op) { return Op <= UO_PreDec; } | ||
| 2277 | bool isIncrementDecrementOp() const { | ||
| 2278 | return isIncrementDecrementOp(getOpcode()); | ||
| 2279 |   } | ||
| 2280 | |||
| 2281 | static bool isArithmeticOp(Opcode Op) { | ||
| 2282 | return Op >= UO_Plus && Op <= UO_LNot; | ||
| 2283 |   } | ||
| 2284 | bool isArithmeticOp() const { return isArithmeticOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 2285 | |||
| 2286 |   /// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it | ||
| 2287 |   /// corresponds to, e.g. "sizeof" or "[pre]++" | ||
| 2288 | static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op); | ||
| 2289 | |||
| 2290 |   /// Retrieve the unary opcode that corresponds to the given | ||
| 2291 |   /// overloaded operator. | ||
| 2292 | static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO, bool Postfix); | ||
| 2293 | |||
| 2294 |   /// Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to | ||
| 2295 |   /// the given unary opcode. | ||
| 2296 | static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc); | ||
| 2297 | |||
| 2298 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 2299 | return isPostfix() ? Val->getBeginLoc() : getOperatorLoc(); | ||
| 2300 |   } | ||
| 2301 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 2302 | return isPostfix() ? getOperatorLoc() : Val->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 2303 |   } | ||
| 2304 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const { return getOperatorLoc(); } | ||
| 2305 | |||
| 2306 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 2307 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryOperatorClass; | ||
| 2308 |   } | ||
| 2309 | |||
| 2310 |   // Iterators | ||
| 2311 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } | ||
| 2312 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 2313 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); | ||
| 2314 |   } | ||
| 2315 | |||
| 2316 |   /// Is FPFeatures in Trailing Storage? | ||
| 2317 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures; } | ||
| 2318 | |||
| 2319 |   /// Get FPFeatures from trailing storage. | ||
| 2320 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 2321 | return getTrailingFPFeatures(); | ||
| 2322 |   } | ||
| 2323 | |||
| 2324 | protected: | ||
| 2325 |   /// Set FPFeatures in trailing storage, used only by Serialization | ||
| 2326 | void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) { getTrailingFPFeatures() = F; } | ||
| 2327 | |||
| 2328 | public: | ||
| 2329 |   // Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for | ||
| 2330 |   // operations on floating point types. | ||
| 2331 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { | ||
| 2332 | if (UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) | ||
| 2333 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); | ||
| 2334 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); | ||
| 2335 |   } | ||
| 2336 | FPOptionsOverride getFPOptionsOverride() const { | ||
| 2337 | if (UnaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) | ||
| 2338 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); | ||
| 2339 | return FPOptionsOverride(); | ||
| 2340 |   } | ||
| 2341 | |||
| 2342 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 2343 | friend class ASTReader; | ||
| 2344 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 2345 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | ||
| 2346 | }; | ||
| 2347 | |||
| 2348 | /// Helper class for OffsetOfExpr. | ||
| 2349 | |||
| 2350 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) | ||
| 2351 | class OffsetOfNode { | ||
| 2352 | public: | ||
| 2353 |   /// The kind of offsetof node we have. | ||
| 2354 | enum Kind { | ||
| 2355 |     /// An index into an array. | ||
| 2356 | Array = 0x00, | ||
| 2357 |     /// A field. | ||
| 2358 | Field = 0x01, | ||
| 2359 |     /// A field in a dependent type, known only by its name. | ||
| 2360 | Identifier = 0x02, | ||
| 2361 |     /// An implicit indirection through a C++ base class, when the | ||
| 2362 |     /// field found is in a base class. | ||
| 2363 | Base = 0x03 | ||
| 2364 | }; | ||
| 2365 | |||
| 2366 | private: | ||
| 2367 | enum { MaskBits = 2, Mask = 0x03 }; | ||
| 2368 | |||
| 2369 |   /// The source range that covers this part of the designator. | ||
| 2370 |   SourceRange Range; | ||
| 2371 | |||
| 2372 |   /// The data describing the designator, which comes in three | ||
| 2373 |   /// different forms, depending on the lower two bits. | ||
| 2374 |   ///   - An unsigned index into the array of Expr*'s stored after this node | ||
| 2375 |   ///     in memory, for [constant-expression] designators. | ||
| 2376 |   ///   - A FieldDecl*, for references to a known field. | ||
| 2377 |   ///   - An IdentifierInfo*, for references to a field with a given name | ||
| 2378 |   ///     when the class type is dependent. | ||
| 2379 |   ///   - A CXXBaseSpecifier*, for references that look at a field in a | ||
| 2380 |   ///     base class. | ||
| 2381 | uintptr_t Data; | ||
| 2382 | |||
| 2383 | public: | ||
| 2384 |   /// Create an offsetof node that refers to an array element. | ||
| 2385 | OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation LBracketLoc, unsigned Index, | ||
| 2386 |                SourceLocation RBracketLoc) | ||
| 2387 | : Range(LBracketLoc, RBracketLoc), Data((Index << 2) | Array) {} | ||
| 2388 | |||
| 2389 |   /// Create an offsetof node that refers to a field. | ||
| 2390 | OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation NameLoc) | ||
| 2391 | : Range(DotLoc.isValid() ? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc), | ||
| 2392 | Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Field) | OffsetOfNode::Field) {} | ||
| 2393 | |||
| 2394 |   /// Create an offsetof node that refers to an identifier. | ||
| 2395 | OffsetOfNode(SourceLocation DotLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, | ||
| 2396 |                SourceLocation NameLoc) | ||
| 2397 | : Range(DotLoc.isValid() ? DotLoc : NameLoc, NameLoc), | ||
| 2398 | Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Name) | Identifier) {} | ||
| 2399 | |||
| 2400 |   /// Create an offsetof node that refers into a C++ base class. | ||
| 2401 | explicit OffsetOfNode(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base) | ||
| 2402 | : Data(reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Base) | OffsetOfNode::Base) {} | ||
| 2403 | |||
| 2404 |   /// Determine what kind of offsetof node this is. | ||
| 2405 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Data & Mask); } | ||
| 2406 | |||
| 2407 |   /// For an array element node, returns the index into the array | ||
| 2408 |   /// of expressions. | ||
| 2409 | unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const { | ||
| 2410 | assert(getKind() == Array); | ||
| 2411 | return Data >> 2; | ||
| 2412 |   } | ||
| 2413 | |||
| 2414 |   /// For a field offsetof node, returns the field. | ||
| 2415 | FieldDecl *getField() const { | ||
| 2416 | assert(getKind() == Field); | ||
| 2417 | return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask); | ||
| 2418 |   } | ||
| 2419 | |||
| 2420 |   /// For a field or identifier offsetof node, returns the name of | ||
| 2421 |   /// the field. | ||
| 2422 | IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const; | ||
| 2423 | |||
| 2424 |   /// For a base class node, returns the base specifier. | ||
| 2425 | CXXBaseSpecifier *getBase() const { | ||
| 2426 | assert(getKind() == Base); | ||
| 2427 | return reinterpret_cast<CXXBaseSpecifier *>(Data & ~(uintptr_t)Mask); | ||
| 2428 |   } | ||
| 2429 | |||
| 2430 |   /// Retrieve the source range that covers this offsetof node. | ||
| 2431 |   /// | ||
| 2432 |   /// For an array element node, the source range contains the locations of | ||
| 2433 |   /// the square brackets. For a field or identifier node, the source range | ||
| 2434 |   /// contains the location of the period (if there is one) and the | ||
| 2435 |   /// identifier. | ||
| 2436 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; } | ||
| 2437 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getBegin(); } | ||
| 2438 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); } | ||
| 2439 | }; | ||
| 2440 | |||
| 2441 | /// OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form | ||
| 2442 | /// offsetof(record-type, member-designator). For example, given: | ||
| 2443 | /// @code | ||
| 2444 | /// struct S { | ||
| 2445 | ///   float f; | ||
| 2446 | ///   double d; | ||
| 2447 | /// }; | ||
| 2448 | /// struct T { | ||
| 2449 | ///   int i; | ||
| 2450 | ///   struct S s[10]; | ||
| 2451 | /// }; | ||
| 2452 | /// @endcode | ||
| 2453 | /// we can represent and evaluate the expression @c offsetof(struct T, s[2].d). | ||
| 2454 | |||
| 2455 | class OffsetOfExpr final | ||
| 2456 | : public Expr, | ||
| 2457 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<OffsetOfExpr, OffsetOfNode, Expr *> { | ||
| 2458 |   SourceLocation OperatorLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 2459 |   // Base type; | ||
| 2460 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; | ||
| 2461 |   // Number of sub-components (i.e. instances of OffsetOfNode). | ||
| 2462 | unsigned NumComps; | ||
| 2463 |   // Number of sub-expressions (i.e. array subscript expressions). | ||
| 2464 | unsigned NumExprs; | ||
| 2465 | |||
| 2466 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<OffsetOfNode>) const { | ||
| 2467 | return NumComps; | ||
| 2468 |   } | ||
| 2469 | |||
| 2470 | OffsetOfExpr(const ASTContext &C, QualType type, | ||
| 2471 |                SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi, | ||
| 2472 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps, ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, | ||
| 2473 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); | ||
| 2474 | |||
| 2475 | explicit OffsetOfExpr(unsigned numComps, unsigned numExprs) | ||
| 2476 | : Expr(OffsetOfExprClass, EmptyShell()), | ||
| 2477 | TSInfo(nullptr), NumComps(numComps), NumExprs(numExprs) {} | ||
| 2478 | |||
| 2479 | public: | ||
| 2480 | |||
| 2481 | static OffsetOfExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, QualType type, | ||
| 2482 |                               SourceLocation OperatorLoc, TypeSourceInfo *tsi, | ||
| 2483 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfNode> comps, | ||
| 2484 | ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); | ||
| 2485 | |||
| 2486 | static OffsetOfExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, | ||
| 2487 | unsigned NumComps, unsigned NumExprs); | ||
| 2488 | |||
| 2489 |   /// getOperatorLoc - Return the location of the operator. | ||
| 2490 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OperatorLoc; } | ||
| 2491 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OperatorLoc = L; } | ||
| 2492 | |||
| 2493 |   /// Return the location of the right parentheses. | ||
| 2494 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 2495 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation R) { RParenLoc = R; } | ||
| 2496 | |||
| 2497 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { | ||
| 2498 | return TSInfo; | ||
| 2499 |   } | ||
| 2500 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tsi) { | ||
| 2501 | TSInfo = tsi; | ||
| 2502 |   } | ||
| 2503 | |||
| 2504 | const OffsetOfNode &getComponent(unsigned Idx) const { | ||
| 2505 | assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range"); | ||
| 2506 | return getTrailingObjects<OffsetOfNode>()[Idx]; | ||
| 2507 |   } | ||
| 2508 | |||
| 2509 | void setComponent(unsigned Idx, OffsetOfNode ON) { | ||
| 2510 | assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range"); | ||
| 2511 | getTrailingObjects<OffsetOfNode>()[Idx] = ON; | ||
| 2512 |   } | ||
| 2513 | |||
| 2514 | unsigned getNumComponents() const { | ||
| 2515 | return NumComps; | ||
| 2516 |   } | ||
| 2517 | |||
| 2518 | Expr* getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) { | ||
| 2519 | assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range"); | ||
| 2520 | return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx]; | ||
| 2521 |   } | ||
| 2522 | |||
| 2523 | const Expr *getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx) const { | ||
| 2524 | assert(Idx < NumExprs && "Subscript out of range"); | ||
| 2525 | return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx]; | ||
| 2526 |   } | ||
| 2527 | |||
| 2528 | void setIndexExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr* E) { | ||
| 2529 | assert(Idx < NumComps && "Subscript out of range"); | ||
| 2530 | getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()[Idx] = E; | ||
| 2531 |   } | ||
| 2532 | |||
| 2533 | unsigned getNumExpressions() const { | ||
| 2534 | return NumExprs; | ||
| 2535 |   } | ||
| 2536 | |||
| 2537 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OperatorLoc; } | ||
| 2538 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 2539 | |||
| 2540 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 2541 | return T->getStmtClass() == OffsetOfExprClass; | ||
| 2542 |   } | ||
| 2543 | |||
| 2544 |   // Iterators | ||
| 2545 | child_range children() { | ||
| 2546 | Stmt **begin = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()); | ||
| 2547 | return child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs); | ||
| 2548 |   } | ||
| 2549 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 2550 | Stmt *const *begin = | ||
| 2551 | reinterpret_cast<Stmt *const *>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()); | ||
| 2552 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + NumExprs); | ||
| 2553 |   } | ||
| 2554 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 2555 | }; | ||
| 2556 | |||
| 2557 | /// UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated) | ||
| 2558 | /// expression operand.  Used for sizeof/alignof (C99 6.5.3.4) and | ||
| 2559 | /// vec_step (OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12). | ||
| 2560 | class UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 2561 | union { | ||
| 2562 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty; | ||
| 2563 | Stmt *Ex; | ||
| 2564 | } Argument; | ||
| 2565 |   SourceLocation OpLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 2566 | |||
| 2567 | public: | ||
| 2568 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | ||
| 2569 | QualType resultType, SourceLocation op, | ||
| 2570 |                            SourceLocation rp) | ||
| 2571 | : Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, resultType, VK_PRValue, | ||
| 2572 |              OK_Ordinary), | ||
| 2573 | OpLoc(op), RParenLoc(rp) { | ||
| 2574 | assert(ExprKind <= UETT_Last && "invalid enum value!"); | ||
| 2575 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = ExprKind; | ||
| 2576 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(ExprKind) == | ||
| 2577 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind && | ||
| 2578 | "UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind overflow!"); | ||
| 2579 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true; | ||
| 2580 | Argument.Ty = TInfo; | ||
| 2581 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 2582 |   } | ||
| 2583 | |||
| 2584 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, Expr *E, | ||
| 2585 | QualType resultType, SourceLocation op, | ||
| 2586 | SourceLocation rp); | ||
| 2587 | |||
| 2588 |   /// Construct an empty sizeof/alignof expression. | ||
| 2589 | explicit UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 2590 | : Expr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 2591 | |||
| 2592 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait getKind() const { | ||
| 2593 | return static_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTrait>(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind); | ||
| 2594 |   } | ||
| 2595 | void setKind(UnaryExprOrTypeTrait K) { | ||
| 2596 | assert(K <= UETT_Last && "invalid enum value!"); | ||
| 2597 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind = K; | ||
| 2598 | assert(static_cast<unsigned>(K) == UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind && | ||
| 2599 | "UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.Kind overflow!"); | ||
| 2600 |   } | ||
| 2601 | |||
| 2602 | bool isArgumentType() const { return UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType; } | ||
| 2603 | QualType getArgumentType() const { | ||
| 2604 | return getArgumentTypeInfo()->getType(); | ||
| 2605 |   } | ||
| 2606 | TypeSourceInfo *getArgumentTypeInfo() const { | ||
| 2607 | assert(isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentType() when arg is expr"); | ||
| 2608 | return Argument.Ty; | ||
| 2609 |   } | ||
| 2610 | Expr *getArgumentExpr() { | ||
| 2611 | assert(!isArgumentType() && "calling getArgumentExpr() when arg is type"); | ||
| 2612 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Argument.Ex); | ||
| 2613 |   } | ||
| 2614 | const Expr *getArgumentExpr() const { | ||
| 2615 | return const_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr*>(this)->getArgumentExpr(); | ||
| 2616 |   } | ||
| 2617 | |||
| 2618 | void setArgument(Expr *E) { | ||
| 2619 | Argument.Ex = E; | ||
| 2620 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = false; | ||
| 2621 |   } | ||
| 2622 | void setArgument(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { | ||
| 2623 | Argument.Ty = TInfo; | ||
| 2624 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprBits.IsType = true; | ||
| 2625 |   } | ||
| 2626 | |||
| 2627 |   /// Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever | ||
| 2628 |   /// is appropriate. | ||
| 2629 | QualType getTypeOfArgument() const { | ||
| 2630 | return isArgumentType() ? getArgumentType() : getArgumentExpr()->getType(); | ||
| 2631 |   } | ||
| 2632 | |||
| 2633 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return OpLoc; } | ||
| 2634 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { OpLoc = L; } | ||
| 2635 | |||
| 2636 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 2637 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } | ||
| 2638 | |||
| 2639 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return OpLoc; } | ||
| 2640 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 2641 | |||
| 2642 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 2643 | return T->getStmtClass() == UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass; | ||
| 2644 |   } | ||
| 2645 | |||
| 2646 |   // Iterators | ||
| 2647 | child_range children(); | ||
| 2648 | const_child_range children() const; | ||
| 2649 | }; | ||
| 2650 | |||
| 2651 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||
| 2652 | // Postfix Operators. | ||
| 2653 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||
| 2654 | |||
| 2655 | /// ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting. | ||
| 2656 | class ArraySubscriptExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 2657 | enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; | ||
| 2658 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR]; | ||
| 2659 | |||
| 2660 | bool lhsIsBase() const { return getRHS()->getType()->isIntegerType(); } | ||
| 2661 | |||
| 2662 | public: | ||
| 2663 | ArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 2664 |                      ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation rbracketloc) | ||
| 2665 | : Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, t, VK, OK) { | ||
| 2666 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; | ||
| 2667 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; | ||
| 2668 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = rbracketloc; | ||
| 2669 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 2670 |   } | ||
| 2671 | |||
| 2672 |   /// Create an empty array subscript expression. | ||
| 2673 | explicit ArraySubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell) | ||
| 2674 | : Expr(ArraySubscriptExprClass, Shell) { } | ||
| 2675 | |||
| 2676 |   /// An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent). | ||
| 2677 |   /// - getBase() and getIdx() always present the normalized view: A[4]. | ||
| 2678 |   ///    In this case getBase() returns "A" and getIdx() returns "4". | ||
| 2679 |   /// - getLHS() and getRHS() present the syntactic view. e.g. for | ||
| 2680 |   ///    4[A] getLHS() returns "4". | ||
| 2681 |   /// Note: Because vector element access is also written A[4] we must | ||
| 2682 |   /// predicate the format conversion in getBase and getIdx only on the | ||
| 2683 |   /// the type of the RHS, as it is possible for the LHS to be a vector of | ||
| 2684 |   /// integer type | ||
| 2685 | Expr *getLHS() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } | ||
| 2686 | const Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } | ||
| 2687 | void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; } | ||
| 2688 | |||
| 2689 | Expr *getRHS() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } | ||
| 2690 | const Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } | ||
| 2691 | void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; } | ||
| 2692 | |||
| 2693 | Expr *getBase() { return lhsIsBase() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); } | ||
| 2694 | const Expr *getBase() const { return lhsIsBase() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); } | ||
| 2695 | |||
| 2696 | Expr *getIdx() { return lhsIsBase() ? getRHS() : getLHS(); } | ||
| 2697 | const Expr *getIdx() const { return lhsIsBase() ? getRHS() : getLHS(); } | ||
| 2698 | |||
| 2699 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 2700 | return getLHS()->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 2701 |   } | ||
| 2702 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRBracketLoc(); } | ||
| 2703 | |||
| 2704 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { | ||
| 2705 | return ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc; | ||
| 2706 |   } | ||
| 2707 | void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { | ||
| 2708 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = L; | ||
| 2709 |   } | ||
| 2710 | |||
| 2711 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 2712 | return getBase()->getExprLoc(); | ||
| 2713 |   } | ||
| 2714 | |||
| 2715 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 2716 | return T->getStmtClass() == ArraySubscriptExprClass; | ||
| 2717 |   } | ||
| 2718 | |||
| 2719 |   // Iterators | ||
| 2720 | child_range children() { | ||
| 2721 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); | ||
| 2722 |   } | ||
| 2723 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 2724 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); | ||
| 2725 |   } | ||
| 2726 | }; | ||
| 2727 | |||
| 2728 | /// MatrixSubscriptExpr - Matrix subscript expression for the MatrixType | ||
| 2729 | /// extension. | ||
| 2730 | /// MatrixSubscriptExpr can be either incomplete (only Base and RowIdx are set | ||
| 2731 | /// so far, the type is IncompleteMatrixIdx) or complete (Base, RowIdx and | ||
| 2732 | /// ColumnIdx refer to valid expressions). Incomplete matrix expressions only | ||
| 2733 | /// exist during the initial construction of the AST. | ||
| 2734 | class MatrixSubscriptExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 2735 | enum { BASE, ROW_IDX, COLUMN_IDX, END_EXPR }; | ||
| 2736 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR]; | ||
| 2737 | |||
| 2738 | public: | ||
| 2739 | MatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, Expr *ColumnIdx, QualType T, | ||
| 2740 |                       SourceLocation RBracketLoc) | ||
| 2741 | : Expr(MatrixSubscriptExprClass, T, Base->getValueKind(), | ||
| 2742 | OK_MatrixComponent) { | ||
| 2743 | SubExprs[BASE] = Base; | ||
| 2744 | SubExprs[ROW_IDX] = RowIdx; | ||
| 2745 | SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] = ColumnIdx; | ||
| 2746 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc; | ||
| 2747 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 2748 |   } | ||
| 2749 | |||
| 2750 |   /// Create an empty matrix subscript expression. | ||
| 2751 | explicit MatrixSubscriptExpr(EmptyShell Shell) | ||
| 2752 | : Expr(MatrixSubscriptExprClass, Shell) {} | ||
| 2753 | |||
| 2754 | bool isIncomplete() const { | ||
| 2755 | bool IsIncomplete = hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx); | ||
| 2756 | assert((SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] || IsIncomplete) && | ||
| 2757 | "expressions without column index must be marked as incomplete"); | ||
| 2758 | return IsIncomplete; | ||
| 2759 |   } | ||
| 2760 | Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); } | ||
| 2761 | const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); } | ||
| 2762 | void setBase(Expr *E) { SubExprs[BASE] = E; } | ||
| 2763 | |||
| 2764 | Expr *getRowIdx() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ROW_IDX]); } | ||
| 2765 | const Expr *getRowIdx() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ROW_IDX]); } | ||
| 2766 | void setRowIdx(Expr *E) { SubExprs[ROW_IDX] = E; } | ||
| 2767 | |||
| 2768 | Expr *getColumnIdx() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX]); } | ||
| 2769 | const Expr *getColumnIdx() const { | ||
| 2770 | assert(!isIncomplete() && | ||
| 2771 | "cannot get the column index of an incomplete expression"); | ||
| 2772 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX]); | ||
| 2773 |   } | ||
| 2774 | void setColumnIdx(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COLUMN_IDX] = E; } | ||
| 2775 | |||
| 2776 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 2777 | return getBase()->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 2778 |   } | ||
| 2779 | |||
| 2780 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRBracketLoc(); } | ||
| 2781 | |||
| 2782 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 2783 | return getBase()->getExprLoc(); | ||
| 2784 |   } | ||
| 2785 | |||
| 2786 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { | ||
| 2787 | return ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc; | ||
| 2788 |   } | ||
| 2789 | void setRBracketLoc(SourceLocation L) { | ||
| 2790 | ArrayOrMatrixSubscriptExprBits.RBracketLoc = L; | ||
| 2791 |   } | ||
| 2792 | |||
| 2793 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 2794 | return T->getStmtClass() == MatrixSubscriptExprClass; | ||
| 2795 |   } | ||
| 2796 | |||
| 2797 |   // Iterators | ||
| 2798 | child_range children() { | ||
| 2799 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); | ||
| 2800 |   } | ||
| 2801 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 2802 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); | ||
| 2803 |   } | ||
| 2804 | }; | ||
| 2805 | |||
| 2806 | /// CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]). | ||
| 2807 | /// CallExpr itself represents a normal function call, e.g., "f(x, 2)", | ||
| 2808 | /// while its subclasses may represent alternative syntax that (semantically) | ||
| 2809 | /// results in a function call. For example, CXXOperatorCallExpr is | ||
| 2810 | /// a subclass for overloaded operator calls that use operator syntax, e.g., | ||
| 2811 | /// "str1 + str2" to resolve to a function call. | ||
| 2812 | class CallExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 2813 | enum { FN = 0, PREARGS_START = 1 }; | ||
| 2814 | |||
| 2815 |   /// The number of arguments in the call expression. | ||
| 2816 | unsigned NumArgs; | ||
| 2817 | |||
| 2818 |   /// The location of the right parenthese. This has a different meaning for | ||
| 2819 |   /// the derived classes of CallExpr. | ||
| 2820 |   SourceLocation RParenLoc; | ||
| 2821 | |||
| 2822 |   // CallExpr store some data in trailing objects. However since CallExpr | ||
| 2823 |   // is used a base of other expression classes we cannot use | ||
| 2824 |   // llvm::TrailingObjects. Instead we manually perform the pointer arithmetic | ||
| 2825 |   // and casts. | ||
| 2826 |   // | ||
| 2827 |   // The trailing objects are in order: | ||
| 2828 |   // | ||
| 2829 |   // * A single "Stmt *" for the callee expression. | ||
| 2830 |   // | ||
| 2831 |   // * An array of getNumPreArgs() "Stmt *" for the pre-argument expressions. | ||
| 2832 |   // | ||
| 2833 |   // * An array of getNumArgs() "Stmt *" for the argument expressions. | ||
| 2834 |   // | ||
| 2835 |   // * An optional of type FPOptionsOverride. | ||
| 2836 |   // | ||
| 2837 |   // Note that we store the offset in bytes from the this pointer to the start | ||
| 2838 |   // of the trailing objects. It would be perfectly possible to compute it | ||
| 2839 |   // based on the dynamic kind of the CallExpr. However 1.) we have plenty of | ||
| 2840 |   // space in the bit-fields of Stmt. 2.) It was benchmarked to be faster to | ||
| 2841 |   // compute this once and then load the offset from the bit-fields of Stmt, | ||
| 2842 |   // instead of re-computing the offset each time the trailing objects are | ||
| 2843 |   // accessed. | ||
| 2844 | |||
| 2845 |   /// Return a pointer to the start of the trailing array of "Stmt *". | ||
| 2846 | Stmt **getTrailingStmts() { | ||
| 2847 | return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + | ||
| 2848 | CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects); | ||
| 2849 |   } | ||
| 2850 | Stmt *const *getTrailingStmts() const { | ||
| 2851 | return const_cast<CallExpr *>(this)->getTrailingStmts(); | ||
| 2852 |   } | ||
| 2853 | |||
| 2854 |   /// Map a statement class to the appropriate offset in bytes from the | ||
| 2855 |   /// this pointer to the trailing objects. | ||
| 2856 | static unsigned offsetToTrailingObjects(StmtClass SC); | ||
| 2857 | |||
| 2858 | unsigned getSizeOfTrailingStmts() const { | ||
| 2859 | return (1 + getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()) * sizeof(Stmt *); | ||
| 2860 |   } | ||
| 2861 | |||
| 2862 | size_t getOffsetOfTrailingFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 2863 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); | ||
| 2864 | return CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + getSizeOfTrailingStmts(); | ||
| 2865 |   } | ||
| 2866 | |||
| 2867 | public: | ||
| 2868 | enum class ADLCallKind : bool { NotADL, UsesADL }; | ||
| 2869 | static constexpr ADLCallKind NotADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL; | ||
| 2870 | static constexpr ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::UsesADL; | ||
| 2871 | |||
| 2872 | protected: | ||
| 2873 |   /// Build a call expression, assuming that appropriate storage has been | ||
| 2874 |   /// allocated for the trailing objects. | ||
| 2875 | CallExpr(StmtClass SC, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> PreArgs, | ||
| 2876 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 2877 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | ||
| 2878 | unsigned MinNumArgs, ADLCallKind UsesADL); | ||
| 2879 | |||
| 2880 |   /// Build an empty call expression, for deserialization. | ||
| 2881 | CallExpr(StmtClass SC, unsigned NumPreArgs, unsigned NumArgs, | ||
| 2882 | bool hasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | ||
| 2883 | |||
| 2884 |   /// Return the size in bytes needed for the trailing objects. | ||
| 2885 |   /// Used by the derived classes to allocate the right amount of storage. | ||
| 2886 | static unsigned sizeOfTrailingObjects(unsigned NumPreArgs, unsigned NumArgs, | ||
| 2887 | bool HasFPFeatures) { | ||
| 2888 | return (1 + NumPreArgs + NumArgs) * sizeof(Stmt *) + | ||
| 2889 | HasFPFeatures * sizeof(FPOptionsOverride); | ||
| 2890 |   } | ||
| 2891 | |||
| 2892 | Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned I) { | ||
| 2893 | assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!"); | ||
| 2894 | return getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I]; | ||
| 2895 |   } | ||
| 2896 | const Stmt *getPreArg(unsigned I) const { | ||
| 2897 | assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!"); | ||
| 2898 | return getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I]; | ||
| 2899 |   } | ||
| 2900 | void setPreArg(unsigned I, Stmt *PreArg) { | ||
| 2901 | assert(I < getNumPreArgs() && "Prearg access out of range!"); | ||
| 2902 | getTrailingStmts()[PREARGS_START + I] = PreArg; | ||
| 2903 |   } | ||
| 2904 | |||
| 2905 | unsigned getNumPreArgs() const { return CallExprBits.NumPreArgs; } | ||
| 2906 | |||
| 2907 |   /// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions | ||
| 2908 | FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() { | ||
| 2909 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); | ||
| 2910 | return reinterpret_cast<FPOptionsOverride *>( | ||
| 2911 | reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + | ||
| 2912 | getSizeOfTrailingStmts()); | ||
| 2913 |   } | ||
| 2914 | const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 2915 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); | ||
| 2916 | return reinterpret_cast<const FPOptionsOverride *>( | ||
| 2917 | reinterpret_cast<const char *>(this) + | ||
| 2918 | CallExprBits.OffsetToTrailingObjects + getSizeOfTrailingStmts()); | ||
| 2919 |   } | ||
| 2920 | |||
| 2921 | public: | ||
| 2922 |   /// Create a call expression. | ||
| 2923 |   /// \param Fn     The callee expression, | ||
| 2924 |   /// \param Args   The argument array, | ||
| 2925 |   /// \param Ty     The type of the call expression (which is *not* the return | ||
| 2926 |   ///               type in general), | ||
| 2927 |   /// \param VK     The value kind of the call expression (lvalue, rvalue, ...), | ||
| 2928 |   /// \param RParenLoc  The location of the right parenthesis in the call | ||
| 2929 |   ///                   expression. | ||
| 2930 |   /// \param FPFeatures Floating-point features associated with the call, | ||
| 2931 |   /// \param MinNumArgs Specifies the minimum number of arguments. The actual | ||
| 2932 |   ///                   number of arguments will be the greater of Args.size() | ||
| 2933 |   ///                   and MinNumArgs. This is used in a few places to allocate | ||
| 2934 |   ///                   enough storage for the default arguments. | ||
| 2935 |   /// \param UsesADL    Specifies whether the callee was found through | ||
| 2936 |   ///                   argument-dependent lookup. | ||
| 2937 |   /// | ||
| 2938 |   /// Note that you can use CreateTemporary if you need a temporary call | ||
| 2939 |   /// expression on the stack. | ||
| 2940 | static CallExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *Fn, | ||
| 2941 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 2942 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||
| 2943 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, unsigned MinNumArgs = 0, | ||
| 2944 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = NotADL); | ||
| 2945 | |||
| 2946 |   /// Create a temporary call expression with no arguments in the memory | ||
| 2947 |   /// pointed to by Mem. Mem must points to at least sizeof(CallExpr) | ||
| 2948 |   /// + sizeof(Stmt *) bytes of storage, aligned to alignof(CallExpr): | ||
| 2949 |   /// | ||
| 2950 |   /// \code{.cpp} | ||
| 2951 |   ///   alignas(CallExpr) char Buffer[sizeof(CallExpr) + sizeof(Stmt *)]; | ||
| 2952 |   ///   CallExpr *TheCall = CallExpr::CreateTemporary(Buffer, etc); | ||
| 2953 |   /// \endcode | ||
| 2954 | static CallExpr *CreateTemporary(void *Mem, Expr *Fn, QualType Ty, | ||
| 2955 | ExprValueKind VK, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||
| 2956 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = NotADL); | ||
| 2957 | |||
| 2958 |   /// Create an empty call expression, for deserialization. | ||
| 2959 | static CallExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumArgs, | ||
| 2960 | bool HasFPFeatures, EmptyShell Empty); | ||
| 2961 | |||
| 2962 | Expr *getCallee() { return cast<Expr>(getTrailingStmts()[FN]); } | ||
| 2963 | const Expr *getCallee() const { return cast<Expr>(getTrailingStmts()[FN]); } | ||
| 2964 | void setCallee(Expr *F) { getTrailingStmts()[FN] = F; } | ||
| 2965 | |||
| 2966 | ADLCallKind getADLCallKind() const { | ||
| 2967 | return static_cast<ADLCallKind>(CallExprBits.UsesADL); | ||
| 2968 |   } | ||
| 2969 | void setADLCallKind(ADLCallKind V = UsesADL) { | ||
| 2970 | CallExprBits.UsesADL = static_cast<bool>(V); | ||
| 2971 |   } | ||
| 2972 | bool usesADL() const { return getADLCallKind() == UsesADL; } | ||
| 2973 | |||
| 2974 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return CallExprBits.HasFPFeatures; } | ||
| 2975 | |||
| 2976 | Decl *getCalleeDecl() { return getCallee()->getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); } | ||
| 2977 | const Decl *getCalleeDecl() const { | ||
| 2978 | return getCallee()->getReferencedDeclOfCallee(); | ||
| 2979 |   } | ||
| 2980 | |||
| 2981 |   /// If the callee is a FunctionDecl, return it. Otherwise return null. | ||
| 2982 | FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee() { | ||
| 2983 | return dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(getCalleeDecl()); | ||
| 2984 |   } | ||
| 2985 | const FunctionDecl *getDirectCallee() const { | ||
| 2986 | return dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(getCalleeDecl()); | ||
| 2987 |   } | ||
| 2988 | |||
| 2989 |   /// getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call. | ||
| 2990 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; } | ||
| 2991 | |||
| 2992 |   /// Retrieve the call arguments. | ||
| 2993 | Expr **getArgs() { | ||
| 2994 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + | ||
| 2995 | getNumPreArgs()); | ||
| 2996 |   } | ||
| 2997 | const Expr *const *getArgs() const { | ||
| 2998 | return reinterpret_cast<const Expr *const *>( | ||
| 2999 | getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs()); | ||
| 3000 |   } | ||
| 3001 | |||
| 3002 |   /// getArg - Return the specified argument. | ||
| 3003 | Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) { | ||
| 3004 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!"); | ||
| 3005 | return getArgs()[Arg]; | ||
| 3006 |   } | ||
| 3007 | const Expr *getArg(unsigned Arg) const { | ||
| 3008 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!"); | ||
| 3009 | return getArgs()[Arg]; | ||
| 3010 |   } | ||
| 3011 | |||
| 3012 |   /// setArg - Set the specified argument. | ||
| 3013 |   /// ! the dependence bits might be stale after calling this setter, it is | ||
| 3014 |   /// *caller*'s responsibility to recompute them by calling | ||
| 3015 |   /// computeDependence(). | ||
| 3016 | void setArg(unsigned Arg, Expr *ArgExpr) { | ||
| 3017 | assert(Arg < getNumArgs() && "Arg access out of range!"); | ||
| 3018 | getArgs()[Arg] = ArgExpr; | ||
| 3019 |   } | ||
| 3020 | |||
| 3021 |   /// Compute and set dependence bits. | ||
| 3022 | void computeDependence() { | ||
| 3023 | setDependence(clang::computeDependence( | ||
| 3024 | this, llvm::ArrayRef( | ||
| 3025 | reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START), | ||
| 3026 | getNumPreArgs()))); | ||
| 3027 |   } | ||
| 3028 | |||
| 3029 |   /// Reduce the number of arguments in this call expression. This is used for | ||
| 3030 |   /// example during error recovery to drop extra arguments. There is no way | ||
| 3031 |   /// to perform the opposite because: 1.) We don't track how much storage | ||
| 3032 |   /// we have for the argument array 2.) This would potentially require growing | ||
| 3033 |   /// the argument array, something we cannot support since the arguments are | ||
| 3034 |   /// stored in a trailing array. | ||
| 3035 | void shrinkNumArgs(unsigned NewNumArgs) { | ||
| 3036 | assert((NewNumArgs <= getNumArgs()) && | ||
| 3037 | "shrinkNumArgs cannot increase the number of arguments!"); | ||
| 3038 | NumArgs = NewNumArgs; | ||
| 3039 |   } | ||
| 3040 | |||
| 3041 |   /// Bluntly set a new number of arguments without doing any checks whatsoever. | ||
| 3042 |   /// Only used during construction of a CallExpr in a few places in Sema. | ||
| 3043 |   /// FIXME: Find a way to remove it. | ||
| 3044 | void setNumArgsUnsafe(unsigned NewNumArgs) { NumArgs = NewNumArgs; } | ||
| 3045 | |||
| 3046 | typedef ExprIterator arg_iterator; | ||
| 3047 | typedef ConstExprIterator const_arg_iterator; | ||
| 3048 | typedef llvm::iterator_range<arg_iterator> arg_range; | ||
| 3049 | typedef llvm::iterator_range<const_arg_iterator> const_arg_range; | ||
| 3050 | |||
| 3051 | arg_range arguments() { return arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); } | ||
| 3052 | const_arg_range arguments() const { | ||
| 3053 | return const_arg_range(arg_begin(), arg_end()); | ||
| 3054 |   } | ||
| 3055 | |||
| 3056 | arg_iterator arg_begin() { | ||
| 3057 | return getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs(); | ||
| 3058 |   } | ||
| 3059 | arg_iterator arg_end() { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } | ||
| 3060 | |||
| 3061 | const_arg_iterator arg_begin() const { | ||
| 3062 | return getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs(); | ||
| 3063 |   } | ||
| 3064 | const_arg_iterator arg_end() const { return arg_begin() + getNumArgs(); } | ||
| 3065 | |||
| 3066 |   /// This method provides fast access to all the subexpressions of | ||
| 3067 |   /// a CallExpr without going through the slower virtual child_iterator | ||
| 3068 |   /// interface.  This provides efficient reverse iteration of the | ||
| 3069 |   /// subexpressions.  This is currently used for CFG construction. | ||
| 3070 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> getRawSubExprs() { | ||
| 3071 | return llvm::ArrayRef(getTrailingStmts(), | ||
| 3072 | PREARGS_START + getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()); | ||
| 3073 |   } | ||
| 3074 | |||
| 3075 |   /// Get FPOptionsOverride from trailing storage. | ||
| 3076 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 3077 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); | ||
| 3078 | return *getTrailingFPFeatures(); | ||
| 3079 |   } | ||
| 3080 |   /// Set FPOptionsOverride in trailing storage. Used only by Serialization. | ||
| 3081 | void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) { | ||
| 3082 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); | ||
| 3083 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = F; | ||
| 3084 |   } | ||
| 3085 | |||
| 3086 |   // Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for | ||
| 3087 |   // operations on floating point types. | ||
| 3088 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { | ||
| 3089 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | ||
| 3090 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); | ||
| 3091 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); | ||
| 3092 |   } | ||
| 3093 | |||
| 3094 | FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 3095 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | ||
| 3096 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); | ||
| 3097 | return FPOptionsOverride(); | ||
| 3098 |   } | ||
| 3099 | |||
| 3100 |   /// getBuiltinCallee - If this is a call to a builtin, return the builtin ID | ||
| 3101 |   /// of the callee. If not, return 0. | ||
| 3102 | unsigned getBuiltinCallee() const; | ||
| 3103 | |||
| 3104 |   /// Returns \c true if this is a call to a builtin which does not | ||
| 3105 |   /// evaluate side-effects within its arguments. | ||
| 3106 | bool isUnevaluatedBuiltinCall(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 3107 | |||
| 3108 |   /// getCallReturnType - Get the return type of the call expr. This is not | ||
| 3109 |   /// always the type of the expr itself, if the return type is a reference | ||
| 3110 |   /// type. | ||
| 3111 | QualType getCallReturnType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 3112 | |||
| 3113 |   /// Returns the WarnUnusedResultAttr that is either declared on the called | ||
| 3114 |   /// function, or its return type declaration. | ||
| 3115 | const Attr *getUnusedResultAttr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 3116 | |||
| 3117 |   /// Returns true if this call expression should warn on unused results. | ||
| 3118 | bool hasUnusedResultAttr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const { | ||
| 3119 | return getUnusedResultAttr(Ctx) != nullptr; | ||
| 3120 |   } | ||
| 3121 | |||
| 3122 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 3123 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } | ||
| 3124 | |||
| 3125 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 3126 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 3127 | |||
| 3128 |   /// Return true if this is a call to __assume() or __builtin_assume() with | ||
| 3129 |   /// a non-value-dependent constant parameter evaluating as false. | ||
| 3130 | bool isBuiltinAssumeFalse(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; | ||
| 3131 | |||
| 3132 |   /// Used by Sema to implement MSVC-compatible delayed name lookup. | ||
| 3133 |   /// (Usually Exprs themselves should set dependence). | ||
| 3134 | void markDependentForPostponedNameLookup() { | ||
| 3135 | setDependence(getDependence() | ExprDependence::TypeValueInstantiation); | ||
| 3136 |   } | ||
| 3137 | |||
| 3138 | bool isCallToStdMove() const; | ||
| 3139 | |||
| 3140 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 3141 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCallExprConstant && | ||
| 3142 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastCallExprConstant; | ||
| 3143 |   } | ||
| 3144 | |||
| 3145 |   // Iterators | ||
| 3146 | child_range children() { | ||
| 3147 | return child_range(getTrailingStmts(), getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + | ||
| 3148 | getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()); | ||
| 3149 |   } | ||
| 3150 | |||
| 3151 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 3152 | return const_child_range(getTrailingStmts(), | ||
| 3153 | getTrailingStmts() + PREARGS_START + | ||
| 3154 | getNumPreArgs() + getNumArgs()); | ||
| 3155 |   } | ||
| 3156 | }; | ||
| 3157 | |||
| 3158 | /// Extra data stored in some MemberExpr objects. | ||
| 3159 | struct MemberExprNameQualifier { | ||
| 3160 |   /// The nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name, including | ||
| 3161 |   /// source-location information. | ||
| 3162 |   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; | ||
| 3163 | |||
| 3164 |   /// The DeclAccessPair through which the MemberDecl was found due to | ||
| 3165 |   /// name qualifiers. | ||
| 3166 |   DeclAccessPair FoundDecl; | ||
| 3167 | }; | ||
| 3168 | |||
| 3169 | /// MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members.  X->F and X.F. | ||
| 3170 | /// | ||
| 3171 | class MemberExpr final | ||
| 3172 | : public Expr, | ||
| 3173 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<MemberExpr, MemberExprNameQualifier, | ||
| 3174 | ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | ||
| 3175 | TemplateArgumentLoc> { | ||
| 3176 | friend class ASTReader; | ||
| 3177 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 3178 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | ||
| 3179 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 3180 | |||
| 3181 |   /// Base - the expression for the base pointer or structure references.  In | ||
| 3182 |   /// X.F, this is "X". | ||
| 3183 | Stmt *Base; | ||
| 3184 | |||
| 3185 |   /// MemberDecl - This is the decl being referenced by the field/member name. | ||
| 3186 |   /// In X.F, this is the decl referenced by F. | ||
| 3187 | ValueDecl *MemberDecl; | ||
| 3188 | |||
| 3189 |   /// MemberDNLoc - Provides source/type location info for the | ||
| 3190 |   /// declaration name embedded in MemberDecl. | ||
| 3191 |   DeclarationNameLoc MemberDNLoc; | ||
| 3192 | |||
| 3193 |   /// MemberLoc - This is the location of the member name. | ||
| 3194 |   SourceLocation MemberLoc; | ||
| 3195 | |||
| 3196 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<MemberExprNameQualifier>) const { | ||
| 3197 | return hasQualifierOrFoundDecl(); | ||
| 3198 |   } | ||
| 3199 | |||
| 3200 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>) const { | ||
| 3201 | return hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo(); | ||
| 3202 |   } | ||
| 3203 | |||
| 3204 | bool hasQualifierOrFoundDecl() const { | ||
| 3205 | return MemberExprBits.HasQualifierOrFoundDecl; | ||
| 3206 |   } | ||
| 3207 | |||
| 3208 | bool hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo() const { | ||
| 3209 | return MemberExprBits.HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo; | ||
| 3210 |   } | ||
| 3211 | |||
| 3212 | MemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | ||
| 3213 | ValueDecl *MemberDecl, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||
| 3214 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, | ||
| 3215 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR); | ||
| 3216 | MemberExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 3217 | : Expr(MemberExprClass, Empty), Base(), MemberDecl() {} | ||
| 3218 | |||
| 3219 | public: | ||
| 3220 | static MemberExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, | ||
| 3221 | SourceLocation OperatorLoc, | ||
| 3222 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, | ||
| 3223 |                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, ValueDecl *MemberDecl, | ||
| 3224 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||
| 3225 | DeclarationNameInfo MemberNameInfo, | ||
| 3226 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | ||
| 3227 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, | ||
| 3228 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR); | ||
| 3229 | |||
| 3230 |   /// Create an implicit MemberExpr, with no location, qualifier, template | ||
| 3231 |   /// arguments, and so on. Suitable only for non-static member access. | ||
| 3232 | static MemberExpr *CreateImplicit(const ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, | ||
| 3233 | bool IsArrow, ValueDecl *MemberDecl, | ||
| 3234 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 3235 | ExprObjectKind OK) { | ||
| 3236 | return Create(C, Base, IsArrow, SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), | ||
| 3237 | SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, | ||
| 3238 | DeclAccessPair::make(MemberDecl, MemberDecl->getAccess()), | ||
| 3239 | DeclarationNameInfo(), nullptr, T, VK, OK, NOUR_None); | ||
| 3240 |   } | ||
| 3241 | |||
| 3242 | static MemberExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, bool HasQualifier, | ||
| 3243 |                                  bool HasFoundDecl, | ||
| 3244 |                                  bool HasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo, | ||
| 3245 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); | ||
| 3246 | |||
| 3247 | void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; } | ||
| 3248 | Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); } | ||
| 3249 | |||
| 3250 |   /// Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers. | ||
| 3251 |   /// | ||
| 3252 |   /// The returned declaration will be a FieldDecl or (in C++) a VarDecl (for | ||
| 3253 |   /// static data members), a CXXMethodDecl, or an EnumConstantDecl. | ||
| 3254 | ValueDecl *getMemberDecl() const { return MemberDecl; } | ||
| 3255 | void setMemberDecl(ValueDecl *D); | ||
| 3256 | |||
| 3257 |   /// Retrieves the declaration found by lookup. | ||
| 3258 | DeclAccessPair getFoundDecl() const { | ||
| 3259 | if (!hasQualifierOrFoundDecl()) | ||
| 3260 | return DeclAccessPair::make(getMemberDecl(), | ||
| 3261 | getMemberDecl()->getAccess()); | ||
| 3262 | return getTrailingObjects<MemberExprNameQualifier>()->FoundDecl; | ||
| 3263 |   } | ||
| 3264 | |||
| 3265 |   /// Determines whether this member expression actually had | ||
| 3266 |   /// a C++ nested-name-specifier prior to the name of the member, e.g., | ||
| 3267 |   /// x->Base::foo. | ||
| 3268 | bool hasQualifier() const { return getQualifier() != nullptr; } | ||
| 3269 | |||
| 3270 |   /// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the | ||
| 3271 |   /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name, with source-location | ||
| 3272 |   /// information. | ||
| 3273 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { | ||
| 3274 | if (!hasQualifierOrFoundDecl()) | ||
| 3275 | return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); | ||
| 3276 | return getTrailingObjects<MemberExprNameQualifier>()->QualifierLoc; | ||
| 3277 |   } | ||
| 3278 | |||
| 3279 |   /// If the member name was qualified, retrieves the | ||
| 3280 |   /// nested-name-specifier that precedes the member name. Otherwise, returns | ||
| 3281 |   /// NULL. | ||
| 3282 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { | ||
| 3283 | return getQualifierLoc().getNestedNameSpecifier(); | ||
| 3284 |   } | ||
| 3285 | |||
| 3286 |   /// Retrieve the location of the template keyword preceding | ||
| 3287 |   /// the member name, if any. | ||
| 3288 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { | ||
| 3289 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | ||
| 3290 | return SourceLocation(); | ||
| 3291 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->TemplateKWLoc; | ||
| 3292 |   } | ||
| 3293 | |||
| 3294 |   /// Retrieve the location of the left angle bracket starting the | ||
| 3295 |   /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any. | ||
| 3296 | SourceLocation getLAngleLoc() const { | ||
| 3297 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | ||
| 3298 | return SourceLocation(); | ||
| 3299 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->LAngleLoc; | ||
| 3300 |   } | ||
| 3301 | |||
| 3302 |   /// Retrieve the location of the right angle bracket ending the | ||
| 3303 |   /// explicit template argument list following the member name, if any. | ||
| 3304 | SourceLocation getRAngleLoc() const { | ||
| 3305 | if (!hasTemplateKWAndArgsInfo()) | ||
| 3306 | return SourceLocation(); | ||
| 3307 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->RAngleLoc; | ||
| 3308 |   } | ||
| 3309 | |||
| 3310 |   /// Determines whether the member name was preceded by the template keyword. | ||
| 3311 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } | ||
| 3312 | |||
| 3313 |   /// Determines whether the member name was followed by an | ||
| 3314 |   /// explicit template argument list. | ||
| 3315 | bool hasExplicitTemplateArgs() const { return getLAngleLoc().isValid(); } | ||
| 3316 | |||
| 3317 |   /// Copies the template arguments (if present) into the given | ||
| 3318 |   /// structure. | ||
| 3319 | void copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgumentListInfo &List) const { | ||
| 3320 | if (hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||
| 3321 | getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->copyInto( | ||
| 3322 | getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(), List); | ||
| 3323 |   } | ||
| 3324 | |||
| 3325 |   /// Retrieve the template arguments provided as part of this | ||
| 3326 |   /// template-id. | ||
| 3327 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const { | ||
| 3328 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||
| 3329 | return nullptr; | ||
| 3330 | |||
| 3331 | return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>(); | ||
| 3332 |   } | ||
| 3333 | |||
| 3334 |   /// Retrieve the number of template arguments provided as part of this | ||
| 3335 |   /// template-id. | ||
| 3336 | unsigned getNumTemplateArgs() const { | ||
| 3337 | if (!hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||
| 3338 | return 0; | ||
| 3339 | |||
| 3340 | return getTrailingObjects<ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo>()->NumTemplateArgs; | ||
| 3341 |   } | ||
| 3342 | |||
| 3343 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> template_arguments() const { | ||
| 3344 | return {getTemplateArgs(), getNumTemplateArgs()}; | ||
| 3345 |   } | ||
| 3346 | |||
| 3347 |   /// Retrieve the member declaration name info. | ||
| 3348 | DeclarationNameInfo getMemberNameInfo() const { | ||
| 3349 | return DeclarationNameInfo(MemberDecl->getDeclName(), | ||
| 3350 | MemberLoc, MemberDNLoc); | ||
| 3351 |   } | ||
| 3352 | |||
| 3353 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return MemberExprBits.OperatorLoc; } | ||
| 3354 | |||
| 3355 | bool isArrow() const { return MemberExprBits.IsArrow; } | ||
| 3356 | void setArrow(bool A) { MemberExprBits.IsArrow = A; } | ||
| 3357 | |||
| 3358 |   /// getMemberLoc - Return the location of the "member", in X->F, it is the | ||
| 3359 |   /// location of 'F'. | ||
| 3360 | SourceLocation getMemberLoc() const { return MemberLoc; } | ||
| 3361 | void setMemberLoc(SourceLocation L) { MemberLoc = L; } | ||
| 3362 | |||
| 3363 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 3364 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 3365 | |||
| 3366 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return MemberLoc; } | ||
| 3367 | |||
| 3368 |   /// Determine whether the base of this explicit is implicit. | ||
| 3369 | bool isImplicitAccess() const { | ||
| 3370 | return getBase() && getBase()->isImplicitCXXThis(); | ||
| 3371 |   } | ||
| 3372 | |||
| 3373 |   /// Returns true if this member expression refers to a method that | ||
| 3374 |   /// was resolved from an overloaded set having size greater than 1. | ||
| 3375 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { | ||
| 3376 | return MemberExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates; | ||
| 3377 |   } | ||
| 3378 |   /// Sets the flag telling whether this expression refers to | ||
| 3379 |   /// a method that was resolved from an overloaded set having size | ||
| 3380 |   /// greater than 1. | ||
| 3381 | void setHadMultipleCandidates(bool V = true) { | ||
| 3382 | MemberExprBits.HadMultipleCandidates = V; | ||
| 3383 |   } | ||
| 3384 | |||
| 3385 |   /// Returns true if virtual dispatch is performed. | ||
| 3386 |   /// If the member access is fully qualified, (i.e. X::f()), virtual | ||
| 3387 |   /// dispatching is not performed. In -fapple-kext mode qualified | ||
| 3388 |   /// calls to virtual method will still go through the vtable. | ||
| 3389 | bool performsVirtualDispatch(const LangOptions &LO) const { | ||
| 3390 | return LO.AppleKext || !hasQualifier(); | ||
| 3391 |   } | ||
| 3392 | |||
| 3393 |   /// Is this expression a non-odr-use reference, and if so, why? | ||
| 3394 |   /// This is only meaningful if the named member is a static member. | ||
| 3395 | NonOdrUseReason isNonOdrUse() const { | ||
| 3396 | return static_cast<NonOdrUseReason>(MemberExprBits.NonOdrUseReason); | ||
| 3397 |   } | ||
| 3398 | |||
| 3399 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 3400 | return T->getStmtClass() == MemberExprClass; | ||
| 3401 |   } | ||
| 3402 | |||
| 3403 |   // Iterators | ||
| 3404 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); } | ||
| 3405 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 3406 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | ||
| 3407 |   } | ||
| 3408 | }; | ||
| 3409 | |||
| 3410 | /// CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5] | ||
| 3411 | /// | ||
| 3412 | class CompoundLiteralExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 3413 |   /// LParenLoc - If non-null, this is the location of the left paren in a | ||
| 3414 |   /// compound literal like "(int){4}".  This can be null if this is a | ||
| 3415 |   /// synthesized compound expression. | ||
| 3416 |   SourceLocation LParenLoc; | ||
| 3417 | |||
| 3418 |   /// The type as written.  This can be an incomplete array type, in | ||
| 3419 |   /// which case the actual expression type will be different. | ||
| 3420 |   /// The int part of the pair stores whether this expr is file scope. | ||
| 3421 | llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfoAndScope; | ||
| 3422 | Stmt *Init; | ||
| 3423 | public: | ||
| 3424 | CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation lparenloc, TypeSourceInfo *tinfo, | ||
| 3425 | QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *init, bool fileScope) | ||
| 3426 | : Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, T, VK, OK_Ordinary), | ||
| 3427 | LParenLoc(lparenloc), TInfoAndScope(tinfo, fileScope), Init(init) { | ||
| 3428 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 3429 |   } | ||
| 3430 | |||
| 3431 |   /// Construct an empty compound literal. | ||
| 3432 | explicit CompoundLiteralExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 3433 | : Expr(CompoundLiteralExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 3434 | |||
| 3435 | const Expr *getInitializer() const { return cast<Expr>(Init); } | ||
| 3436 | Expr *getInitializer() { return cast<Expr>(Init); } | ||
| 3437 | void setInitializer(Expr *E) { Init = E; } | ||
| 3438 | |||
| 3439 | bool isFileScope() const { return TInfoAndScope.getInt(); } | ||
| 3440 | void setFileScope(bool FS) { TInfoAndScope.setInt(FS); } | ||
| 3441 | |||
| 3442 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } | ||
| 3443 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; } | ||
| 3444 | |||
| 3445 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { | ||
| 3446 | return TInfoAndScope.getPointer(); | ||
| 3447 |   } | ||
| 3448 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *tinfo) { | ||
| 3449 | TInfoAndScope.setPointer(tinfo); | ||
| 3450 |   } | ||
| 3451 | |||
| 3452 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 3453 |     // FIXME: Init should never be null. | ||
| 3454 | if (!Init) | ||
| 3455 | return SourceLocation(); | ||
| 3456 | if (LParenLoc.isInvalid()) | ||
| 3457 | return Init->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 3458 | return LParenLoc; | ||
| 3459 |   } | ||
| 3460 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 3461 |     // FIXME: Init should never be null. | ||
| 3462 | if (!Init) | ||
| 3463 | return SourceLocation(); | ||
| 3464 | return Init->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 3465 |   } | ||
| 3466 | |||
| 3467 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 3468 | return T->getStmtClass() == CompoundLiteralExprClass; | ||
| 3469 |   } | ||
| 3470 | |||
| 3471 |   // Iterators | ||
| 3472 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Init, &Init+1); } | ||
| 3473 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 3474 | return const_child_range(&Init, &Init + 1); | ||
| 3475 |   } | ||
| 3476 | }; | ||
| 3477 | |||
| 3478 | /// CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit | ||
| 3479 | /// casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit casts that have some | ||
| 3480 | /// representation in the source code (ExplicitCastExpr's derived | ||
| 3481 | /// classes). | ||
| 3482 | class CastExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 3483 | Stmt *Op; | ||
| 3484 | |||
| 3485 | bool CastConsistency() const; | ||
| 3486 | |||
| 3487 | const CXXBaseSpecifier * const *path_buffer() const { | ||
| 3488 | return const_cast<CastExpr*>(this)->path_buffer(); | ||
| 3489 |   } | ||
| 3490 | CXXBaseSpecifier **path_buffer(); | ||
| 3491 | |||
| 3492 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 3493 | |||
| 3494 | protected: | ||
| 3495 | CastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, const CastKind kind, | ||
| 3496 | Expr *op, unsigned BasePathSize, bool HasFPFeatures) | ||
| 3497 | : Expr(SC, ty, VK, OK_Ordinary), Op(op) { | ||
| 3498 | CastExprBits.Kind = kind; | ||
| 3499 | CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = false; | ||
| 3500 | CastExprBits.BasePathSize = BasePathSize; | ||
| 3501 | assert((CastExprBits.BasePathSize == BasePathSize) && | ||
| 3502 | "BasePathSize overflow!"); | ||
| 3503 | assert(CastConsistency()); | ||
| 3504 | CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures; | ||
| 3505 |   } | ||
| 3506 | |||
| 3507 |   /// Construct an empty cast. | ||
| 3508 | CastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty, unsigned BasePathSize, | ||
| 3509 | bool HasFPFeatures) | ||
| 3510 | : Expr(SC, Empty) { | ||
| 3511 | CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = false; | ||
| 3512 | CastExprBits.BasePathSize = BasePathSize; | ||
| 3513 | CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures = HasFPFeatures; | ||
| 3514 | assert((CastExprBits.BasePathSize == BasePathSize) && | ||
| 3515 | "BasePathSize overflow!"); | ||
| 3516 |   } | ||
| 3517 | |||
| 3518 |   /// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions. | ||
| 3519 |   /// \pre hasStoredFPFeatures() == true | ||
| 3520 | FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures(); | ||
| 3521 | const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 3522 | return const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->getTrailingFPFeatures(); | ||
| 3523 |   } | ||
| 3524 | |||
| 3525 | public: | ||
| 3526 | CastKind getCastKind() const { return (CastKind) CastExprBits.Kind; } | ||
| 3527 | void setCastKind(CastKind K) { CastExprBits.Kind = K; } | ||
| 3528 | |||
| 3529 | static const char *getCastKindName(CastKind CK); | ||
| 3530 | const char *getCastKindName() const { return getCastKindName(getCastKind()); } | ||
| 3531 | |||
| 3532 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Op); } | ||
| 3533 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Op); } | ||
| 3534 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Op = E; } | ||
| 3535 | |||
| 3536 |   /// Retrieve the cast subexpression as it was written in the source | ||
| 3537 |   /// code, looking through any implicit casts or other intermediate nodes | ||
| 3538 |   /// introduced by semantic analysis. | ||
| 3539 | Expr *getSubExprAsWritten(); | ||
| 3540 | const Expr *getSubExprAsWritten() const { | ||
| 3541 | return const_cast<CastExpr *>(this)->getSubExprAsWritten(); | ||
| 3542 |   } | ||
| 3543 | |||
| 3544 |   /// If this cast applies a user-defined conversion, retrieve the conversion | ||
| 3545 |   /// function that it invokes. | ||
| 3546 | NamedDecl *getConversionFunction() const; | ||
| 3547 | |||
| 3548 | typedef CXXBaseSpecifier **path_iterator; | ||
| 3549 | typedef const CXXBaseSpecifier *const *path_const_iterator; | ||
| 3550 | bool path_empty() const { return path_size() == 0; } | ||
| 3551 | unsigned path_size() const { return CastExprBits.BasePathSize; } | ||
| 3552 | path_iterator path_begin() { return path_buffer(); } | ||
| 3553 | path_iterator path_end() { return path_buffer() + path_size(); } | ||
| 3554 | path_const_iterator path_begin() const { return path_buffer(); } | ||
| 3555 | path_const_iterator path_end() const { return path_buffer() + path_size(); } | ||
| 3556 | |||
| 3557 | llvm::iterator_range<path_iterator> path() { | ||
| 3558 | return llvm::make_range(path_begin(), path_end()); | ||
| 3559 |   } | ||
| 3560 | llvm::iterator_range<path_const_iterator> path() const { | ||
| 3561 | return llvm::make_range(path_begin(), path_end()); | ||
| 3562 |   } | ||
| 3563 | |||
| 3564 | const FieldDecl *getTargetUnionField() const { | ||
| 3565 | assert(getCastKind() == CK_ToUnion); | ||
| 3566 | return getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(getType(), getSubExpr()->getType()); | ||
| 3567 |   } | ||
| 3568 | |||
| 3569 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return CastExprBits.HasFPFeatures; } | ||
| 3570 | |||
| 3571 |   /// Get FPOptionsOverride from trailing storage. | ||
| 3572 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 3573 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); | ||
| 3574 | return *getTrailingFPFeatures(); | ||
| 3575 |   } | ||
| 3576 | |||
| 3577 |   // Get the FP features status of this operation. Only meaningful for | ||
| 3578 |   // operations on floating point types. | ||
| 3579 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { | ||
| 3580 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | ||
| 3581 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); | ||
| 3582 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); | ||
| 3583 |   } | ||
| 3584 | |||
| 3585 | FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 3586 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | ||
| 3587 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); | ||
| 3588 | return FPOptionsOverride(); | ||
| 3589 |   } | ||
| 3590 | |||
| 3591 | static const FieldDecl *getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(QualType unionType, | ||
| 3592 | QualType opType); | ||
| 3593 | static const FieldDecl *getTargetFieldForToUnionCast(const RecordDecl *RD, | ||
| 3594 | QualType opType); | ||
| 3595 | |||
| 3596 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 3597 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstCastExprConstant && | ||
| 3598 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastCastExprConstant; | ||
| 3599 |   } | ||
| 3600 | |||
| 3601 |   // Iterators | ||
| 3602 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Op, &Op+1); } | ||
| 3603 | const_child_range children() const { return const_child_range(&Op, &Op + 1); } | ||
| 3604 | }; | ||
| 3605 | |||
| 3606 | /// ImplicitCastExpr - Allows us to explicitly represent implicit type | ||
| 3607 | /// conversions, which have no direct representation in the original | ||
| 3608 | /// source code. For example: converting T[]->T*, void f()->void | ||
| 3609 | /// (*f)(), float->double, short->int, etc. | ||
| 3610 | /// | ||
| 3611 | /// In C, implicit casts always produce rvalues. However, in C++, an | ||
| 3612 | /// implicit cast whose result is being bound to a reference will be | ||
| 3613 | /// an lvalue or xvalue. For example: | ||
| 3614 | /// | ||
| 3615 | /// @code | ||
| 3616 | /// class Base { }; | ||
| 3617 | /// class Derived : public Base { }; | ||
| 3618 | /// Derived &&ref(); | ||
| 3619 | /// void f(Derived d) { | ||
| 3620 | ///   Base& b = d; // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr | ||
| 3621 | ///                // to an lvalue of type Base | ||
| 3622 | ///   Base&& r = ref(); // initializer is an ImplicitCastExpr | ||
| 3623 | ///                     // to an xvalue of type Base | ||
| 3624 | /// } | ||
| 3625 | /// @endcode | ||
| 3626 | class ImplicitCastExpr final | ||
| 3627 | : public CastExpr, | ||
| 3628 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ImplicitCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *, | ||
| 3629 | FPOptionsOverride> { | ||
| 3630 | |||
| 3631 | ImplicitCastExpr(QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op, | ||
| 3632 |                    unsigned BasePathLength, FPOptionsOverride FPO, | ||
| 3633 |                    ExprValueKind VK) | ||
| 3634 | : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, BasePathLength, | ||
| 3635 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage()) { | ||
| 3636 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 3637 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | ||
| 3638 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; | ||
| 3639 |   } | ||
| 3640 | |||
| 3641 |   /// Construct an empty implicit cast. | ||
| 3642 | explicit ImplicitCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, | ||
| 3643 | bool HasFPFeatures) | ||
| 3644 | : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} | ||
| 3645 | |||
| 3646 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const { | ||
| 3647 | return path_size(); | ||
| 3648 |   } | ||
| 3649 | |||
| 3650 | public: | ||
| 3651 | enum OnStack_t { OnStack }; | ||
| 3652 | ImplicitCastExpr(OnStack_t _, QualType ty, CastKind kind, Expr *op, | ||
| 3653 |                    ExprValueKind VK, FPOptionsOverride FPO) | ||
| 3654 | : CastExpr(ImplicitCastExprClass, ty, VK, kind, op, 0, | ||
| 3655 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage()) { | ||
| 3656 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | ||
| 3657 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; | ||
| 3658 |   } | ||
| 3659 | |||
| 3660 | bool isPartOfExplicitCast() const { return CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast; } | ||
| 3661 | void setIsPartOfExplicitCast(bool PartOfExplicitCast) { | ||
| 3662 | CastExprBits.PartOfExplicitCast = PartOfExplicitCast; | ||
| 3663 |   } | ||
| 3664 | |||
| 3665 | static ImplicitCastExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | ||
| 3666 |                                   CastKind Kind, Expr *Operand, | ||
| 3667 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath, | ||
| 3668 | ExprValueKind Cat, FPOptionsOverride FPO); | ||
| 3669 | |||
| 3670 | static ImplicitCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | ||
| 3671 | unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures); | ||
| 3672 | |||
| 3673 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 3674 | return getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 3675 |   } | ||
| 3676 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 3677 | return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 3678 |   } | ||
| 3679 | |||
| 3680 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 3681 | return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitCastExprClass; | ||
| 3682 |   } | ||
| 3683 | |||
| 3684 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 3685 | friend class CastExpr; | ||
| 3686 | }; | ||
| 3687 | |||
| 3688 | /// ExplicitCastExpr - An explicit cast written in the source | ||
| 3689 | /// code. | ||
| 3690 | /// | ||
| 3691 | /// This class is effectively an abstract class, because it provides | ||
| 3692 | /// the basic representation of an explicitly-written cast without | ||
| 3693 | /// specifying which kind of cast (C cast, functional cast, static | ||
| 3694 | /// cast, etc.) was written; specific derived classes represent the | ||
| 3695 | /// particular style of cast and its location information. | ||
| 3696 | /// | ||
| 3697 | /// Unlike implicit casts, explicit cast nodes have two different | ||
| 3698 | /// types: the type that was written into the source code, and the | ||
| 3699 | /// actual type of the expression as determined by semantic | ||
| 3700 | /// analysis. These types may differ slightly. For example, in C++ one | ||
| 3701 | /// can cast to a reference type, which indicates that the resulting | ||
| 3702 | /// expression will be an lvalue or xvalue. The reference type, however, | ||
| 3703 | /// will not be used as the type of the expression. | ||
| 3704 | class ExplicitCastExpr : public CastExpr { | ||
| 3705 |   /// TInfo - Source type info for the (written) type | ||
| 3706 |   /// this expression is casting to. | ||
| 3707 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||
| 3708 | |||
| 3709 | protected: | ||
| 3710 |   ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 3711 | CastKind kind, Expr *op, unsigned PathSize, | ||
| 3712 | bool HasFPFeatures, TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy) | ||
| 3713 | : CastExpr(SC, exprTy, VK, kind, op, PathSize, HasFPFeatures), | ||
| 3714 | TInfo(writtenTy) { | ||
| 3715 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 3716 |   } | ||
| 3717 | |||
| 3718 |   /// Construct an empty explicit cast. | ||
| 3719 | ExplicitCastExpr(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, | ||
| 3720 | bool HasFPFeatures) | ||
| 3721 | : CastExpr(SC, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} | ||
| 3722 | |||
| 3723 | public: | ||
| 3724 |   /// getTypeInfoAsWritten - Returns the type source info for the type | ||
| 3725 |   /// that this expression is casting to. | ||
| 3726 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeInfoAsWritten() const { return TInfo; } | ||
| 3727 | void setTypeInfoAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy) { TInfo = writtenTy; } | ||
| 3728 | |||
| 3729 |   /// getTypeAsWritten - Returns the type that this expression is | ||
| 3730 |   /// casting to, as written in the source code. | ||
| 3731 | QualType getTypeAsWritten() const { return TInfo->getType(); } | ||
| 3732 | |||
| 3733 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 3734 | return T->getStmtClass() >= firstExplicitCastExprConstant && | ||
| 3735 | T->getStmtClass() <= lastExplicitCastExprConstant; | ||
| 3736 |   } | ||
| 3737 | }; | ||
| 3738 | |||
| 3739 | /// CStyleCastExpr - An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style | ||
| 3740 | /// cast in C++ (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax | ||
| 3741 | /// (Type)expr. For example: @c (int)f. | ||
| 3742 | class CStyleCastExpr final | ||
| 3743 | : public ExplicitCastExpr, | ||
| 3744 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CStyleCastExpr, CXXBaseSpecifier *, | ||
| 3745 | FPOptionsOverride> { | ||
| 3746 | SourceLocation LPLoc; // the location of the left paren | ||
| 3747 | SourceLocation RPLoc; // the location of the right paren | ||
| 3748 | |||
| 3749 | CStyleCastExpr(QualType exprTy, ExprValueKind vk, CastKind kind, Expr *op, | ||
| 3750 |                  unsigned PathSize, FPOptionsOverride FPO, | ||
| 3751 | TypeSourceInfo *writtenTy, SourceLocation l, SourceLocation r) | ||
| 3752 | : ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, exprTy, vk, kind, op, PathSize, | ||
| 3753 | FPO.requiresTrailingStorage(), writtenTy), | ||
| 3754 | LPLoc(l), RPLoc(r) { | ||
| 3755 | if (hasStoredFPFeatures()) | ||
| 3756 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = FPO; | ||
| 3757 |   } | ||
| 3758 | |||
| 3759 |   /// Construct an empty C-style explicit cast. | ||
| 3760 | explicit CStyleCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell, unsigned PathSize, | ||
| 3761 | bool HasFPFeatures) | ||
| 3762 | : ExplicitCastExpr(CStyleCastExprClass, Shell, PathSize, HasFPFeatures) {} | ||
| 3763 | |||
| 3764 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<CXXBaseSpecifier *>) const { | ||
| 3765 | return path_size(); | ||
| 3766 |   } | ||
| 3767 | |||
| 3768 | public: | ||
| 3769 | static CStyleCastExpr * | ||
| 3770 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, CastKind K, | ||
| 3771 | Expr *Op, const CXXCastPath *BasePath, FPOptionsOverride FPO, | ||
| 3772 | TypeSourceInfo *WrittenTy, SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R); | ||
| 3773 | |||
| 3774 | static CStyleCastExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | ||
| 3775 | unsigned PathSize, bool HasFPFeatures); | ||
| 3776 | |||
| 3777 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LPLoc; } | ||
| 3778 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LPLoc = L; } | ||
| 3779 | |||
| 3780 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RPLoc; } | ||
| 3781 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RPLoc = L; } | ||
| 3782 | |||
| 3783 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LPLoc; } | ||
| 3784 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 3785 | return getSubExpr()->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 3786 |   } | ||
| 3787 | |||
| 3788 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 3789 | return T->getStmtClass() == CStyleCastExprClass; | ||
| 3790 |   } | ||
| 3791 | |||
| 3792 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 3793 | friend class CastExpr; | ||
| 3794 | }; | ||
| 3795 | |||
| 3796 | /// A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y". | ||
| 3797 | /// | ||
| 3798 | /// This expression node kind describes a builtin binary operation, | ||
| 3799 | /// such as "x + y" for integer values "x" and "y". The operands will | ||
| 3800 | /// already have been converted to appropriate types (e.g., by | ||
| 3801 | /// performing promotions or conversions). | ||
| 3802 | /// | ||
| 3803 | /// In C++, where operators may be overloaded, a different kind of | ||
| 3804 | /// expression node (CXXOperatorCallExpr) is used to express the | ||
| 3805 | /// invocation of an overloaded operator with operator syntax. Within | ||
| 3806 | /// a C++ template, whether BinaryOperator or CXXOperatorCallExpr is | ||
| 3807 | /// used to store an expression "x + y" depends on the subexpressions | ||
| 3808 | /// for x and y. If neither x or y is type-dependent, and the "+" | ||
| 3809 | /// operator resolves to a built-in operation, BinaryOperator will be | ||
| 3810 | /// used to express the computation (x and y may still be | ||
| 3811 | /// value-dependent). If either x or y is type-dependent, or if the | ||
| 3812 | /// "+" resolves to an overloaded operator, CXXOperatorCallExpr will | ||
| 3813 | /// be used to express the computation. | ||
| 3814 | class BinaryOperator : public Expr { | ||
| 3815 | enum { LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; | ||
| 3816 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR]; | ||
| 3817 | |||
| 3818 | public: | ||
| 3819 | typedef BinaryOperatorKind Opcode; | ||
| 3820 | |||
| 3821 | protected: | ||
| 3822 | size_t offsetOfTrailingStorage() const; | ||
| 3823 | |||
| 3824 |   /// Return a pointer to the trailing FPOptions | ||
| 3825 | FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() { | ||
| 3826 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); | ||
| 3827 | return reinterpret_cast<FPOptionsOverride *>( | ||
| 3828 | reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) + offsetOfTrailingStorage()); | ||
| 3829 |   } | ||
| 3830 | const FPOptionsOverride *getTrailingFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 3831 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); | ||
| 3832 | return reinterpret_cast<const FPOptionsOverride *>( | ||
| 3833 | reinterpret_cast<const char *>(this) + offsetOfTrailingStorage()); | ||
| 3834 |   } | ||
| 3835 | |||
| 3836 |   /// Build a binary operator, assuming that appropriate storage has been | ||
| 3837 |   /// allocated for the trailing objects when needed. | ||
| 3838 | BinaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, | ||
| 3839 | QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, | ||
| 3840 | SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); | ||
| 3841 | |||
| 3842 |   /// Construct an empty binary operator. | ||
| 3843 | explicit BinaryOperator(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(BinaryOperatorClass, Empty) { | ||
| 3844 | BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = BO_Comma; | ||
| 3845 |   } | ||
| 3846 | |||
| 3847 | public: | ||
| 3848 | static BinaryOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, bool hasFPFeatures); | ||
| 3849 | |||
| 3850 | static BinaryOperator *Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, | ||
| 3851 | Opcode opc, QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 3852 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation opLoc, | ||
| 3853 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures); | ||
| 3854 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const { return getOperatorLoc(); } | ||
| 3855 | SourceLocation getOperatorLoc() const { return BinaryOperatorBits.OpLoc; } | ||
| 3856 | void setOperatorLoc(SourceLocation L) { BinaryOperatorBits.OpLoc = L; } | ||
| 3857 | |||
| 3858 | Opcode getOpcode() const { | ||
| 3859 | return static_cast<Opcode>(BinaryOperatorBits.Opc); | ||
| 3860 |   } | ||
| 3861 | void setOpcode(Opcode Opc) { BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = Opc; } | ||
| 3862 | |||
| 3863 | Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } | ||
| 3864 | void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; } | ||
| 3865 | Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } | ||
| 3866 | void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; } | ||
| 3867 | |||
| 3868 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 3869 | return getLHS()->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 3870 |   } | ||
| 3871 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 3872 | return getRHS()->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 3873 |   } | ||
| 3874 | |||
| 3875 |   /// getOpcodeStr - Turn an Opcode enum value into the punctuation char it | ||
| 3876 |   /// corresponds to, e.g. "<<=". | ||
| 3877 | static StringRef getOpcodeStr(Opcode Op); | ||
| 3878 | |||
| 3879 | StringRef getOpcodeStr() const { return getOpcodeStr(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3880 | |||
| 3881 |   /// Retrieve the binary opcode that corresponds to the given | ||
| 3882 |   /// overloaded operator. | ||
| 3883 | static Opcode getOverloadedOpcode(OverloadedOperatorKind OO); | ||
| 3884 | |||
| 3885 |   /// Retrieve the overloaded operator kind that corresponds to | ||
| 3886 |   /// the given binary opcode. | ||
| 3887 | static OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator(Opcode Opc); | ||
| 3888 | |||
| 3889 |   /// predicates to categorize the respective opcodes. | ||
| 3890 | static bool isPtrMemOp(Opcode Opc) { | ||
| 3891 | return Opc == BO_PtrMemD || Opc == BO_PtrMemI; | ||
| 3892 |   } | ||
| 3893 | bool isPtrMemOp() const { return isPtrMemOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3894 | |||
| 3895 | static bool isMultiplicativeOp(Opcode Opc) { | ||
| 3896 | return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Rem; | ||
| 3897 |   } | ||
| 3898 | bool isMultiplicativeOp() const { return isMultiplicativeOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3899 | static bool isAdditiveOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Add || Opc==BO_Sub; } | ||
| 3900 | bool isAdditiveOp() const { return isAdditiveOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3901 | static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Shl || Opc == BO_Shr; } | ||
| 3902 | bool isShiftOp() const { return isShiftOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3903 | |||
| 3904 | static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_And && Opc <= BO_Or; } | ||
| 3905 | bool isBitwiseOp() const { return isBitwiseOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3906 | |||
| 3907 | static bool isRelationalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_LT && Opc<=BO_GE; } | ||
| 3908 | bool isRelationalOp() const { return isRelationalOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3909 | |||
| 3910 | static bool isEqualityOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_EQ || Opc == BO_NE; } | ||
| 3911 | bool isEqualityOp() const { return isEqualityOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3912 | |||
| 3913 | static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc >= BO_Cmp && Opc<=BO_NE; } | ||
| 3914 | bool isComparisonOp() const { return isComparisonOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3915 | |||
| 3916 | static bool isCommaOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_Comma; } | ||
| 3917 | bool isCommaOp() const { return isCommaOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3918 | |||
| 3919 | static Opcode negateComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { | ||
| 3920 | switch (Opc) { | ||
| 3921 | default: | ||
| 3922 | llvm_unreachable("Not a comparison operator."); | ||
| 3923 | case BO_LT: return BO_GE; | ||
| 3924 | case BO_GT: return BO_LE; | ||
| 3925 | case BO_LE: return BO_GT; | ||
| 3926 | case BO_GE: return BO_LT; | ||
| 3927 | case BO_EQ: return BO_NE; | ||
| 3928 | case BO_NE: return BO_EQ; | ||
| 3929 |     } | ||
| 3930 |   } | ||
| 3931 | |||
| 3932 | static Opcode reverseComparisonOp(Opcode Opc) { | ||
| 3933 | switch (Opc) { | ||
| 3934 | default: | ||
| 3935 | llvm_unreachable("Not a comparison operator."); | ||
| 3936 | case BO_LT: return BO_GT; | ||
| 3937 | case BO_GT: return BO_LT; | ||
| 3938 | case BO_LE: return BO_GE; | ||
| 3939 | case BO_GE: return BO_LE; | ||
| 3940 | case BO_EQ: | ||
| 3941 | case BO_NE: | ||
| 3942 | return Opc; | ||
| 3943 |     } | ||
| 3944 |   } | ||
| 3945 | |||
| 3946 | static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc) { return Opc == BO_LAnd || Opc==BO_LOr; } | ||
| 3947 | bool isLogicalOp() const { return isLogicalOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3948 | |||
| 3949 | static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) { | ||
| 3950 | return Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign; | ||
| 3951 |   } | ||
| 3952 | bool isAssignmentOp() const { return isAssignmentOp(getOpcode()); } | ||
| 3953 | |||
| 3954 | static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc) { | ||
| 3955 | return Opc > BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign; | ||
| 3956 |   } | ||
| 3957 | bool isCompoundAssignmentOp() const { | ||
| 3958 | return isCompoundAssignmentOp(getOpcode()); | ||
| 3959 |   } | ||
| 3960 | static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc) { | ||
| 3961 | assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)); | ||
| 3962 | if (Opc >= BO_AndAssign) | ||
| 3963 | return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_AndAssign + BO_And); | ||
| 3964 |     else | ||
| 3965 | return Opcode(unsigned(Opc) - BO_MulAssign + BO_Mul); | ||
| 3966 |   } | ||
| 3967 | |||
| 3968 | static bool isShiftAssignOp(Opcode Opc) { | ||
| 3969 | return Opc == BO_ShlAssign || Opc == BO_ShrAssign; | ||
| 3970 |   } | ||
| 3971 | bool isShiftAssignOp() const { | ||
| 3972 | return isShiftAssignOp(getOpcode()); | ||
| 3973 |   } | ||
| 3974 | |||
| 3975 |   // Return true if a binary operator using the specified opcode and operands | ||
| 3976 |   // would match the 'p = (i8*)nullptr + n' idiom for casting a pointer-sized | ||
| 3977 |   // integer to a pointer. | ||
| 3978 | static bool isNullPointerArithmeticExtension(ASTContext &Ctx, Opcode Opc, | ||
| 3979 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); | ||
| 3980 | |||
| 3981 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { | ||
| 3982 | return S->getStmtClass() >= firstBinaryOperatorConstant && | ||
| 3983 | S->getStmtClass() <= lastBinaryOperatorConstant; | ||
| 3984 |   } | ||
| 3985 | |||
| 3986 |   // Iterators | ||
| 3987 | child_range children() { | ||
| 3988 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); | ||
| 3989 |   } | ||
| 3990 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 3991 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); | ||
| 3992 |   } | ||
| 3993 | |||
| 3994 |   /// Set and fetch the bit that shows whether FPFeatures needs to be | ||
| 3995 |   /// allocated in Trailing Storage | ||
| 3996 | void setHasStoredFPFeatures(bool B) { BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures = B; } | ||
| 3997 | bool hasStoredFPFeatures() const { return BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures; } | ||
| 3998 | |||
| 3999 |   /// Get FPFeatures from trailing storage | ||
| 4000 | FPOptionsOverride getStoredFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 4001 | assert(hasStoredFPFeatures()); | ||
| 4002 | return *getTrailingFPFeatures(); | ||
| 4003 |   } | ||
| 4004 |   /// Set FPFeatures in trailing storage, used only by Serialization | ||
| 4005 | void setStoredFPFeatures(FPOptionsOverride F) { | ||
| 4006 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); | ||
| 4007 | *getTrailingFPFeatures() = F; | ||
| 4008 |   } | ||
| 4009 | |||
| 4010 |   // Get the FP features status of this operator. Only meaningful for | ||
| 4011 |   // operations on floating point types. | ||
| 4012 | FPOptions getFPFeaturesInEffect(const LangOptions &LO) const { | ||
| 4013 | if (BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) | ||
| 4014 | return getStoredFPFeatures().applyOverrides(LO); | ||
| 4015 | return FPOptions::defaultWithoutTrailingStorage(LO); | ||
| 4016 |   } | ||
| 4017 | |||
| 4018 |   // This is used in ASTImporter | ||
| 4019 | FPOptionsOverride getFPFeatures() const { | ||
| 4020 | if (BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures) | ||
| 4021 | return getStoredFPFeatures(); | ||
| 4022 | return FPOptionsOverride(); | ||
| 4023 |   } | ||
| 4024 | |||
| 4025 |   // Get the FP contractability status of this operator. Only meaningful for | ||
| 4026 |   // operations on floating point types. | ||
| 4027 | bool isFPContractableWithinStatement(const LangOptions &LO) const { | ||
| 4028 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).allowFPContractWithinStatement(); | ||
| 4029 |   } | ||
| 4030 | |||
| 4031 |   // Get the FENV_ACCESS status of this operator. Only meaningful for | ||
| 4032 |   // operations on floating point types. | ||
| 4033 | bool isFEnvAccessOn(const LangOptions &LO) const { | ||
| 4034 | return getFPFeaturesInEffect(LO).getAllowFEnvAccess(); | ||
| 4035 |   } | ||
| 4036 | |||
| 4037 | protected: | ||
| 4038 | BinaryOperator(const ASTContext &Ctx, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, | ||
| 4039 | QualType ResTy, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, | ||
| 4040 | SourceLocation opLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | ||
| 4041 | bool dead2); | ||
| 4042 | |||
| 4043 |   /// Construct an empty BinaryOperator, SC is CompoundAssignOperator. | ||
| 4044 | BinaryOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SC, Empty) { | ||
| 4045 | BinaryOperatorBits.Opc = BO_MulAssign; | ||
| 4046 |   } | ||
| 4047 | |||
| 4048 |   /// Return the size in bytes needed for the trailing objects. | ||
| 4049 |   /// Used to allocate the right amount of storage. | ||
| 4050 | static unsigned sizeOfTrailingObjects(bool HasFPFeatures) { | ||
| 4051 | return HasFPFeatures * sizeof(FPOptionsOverride); | ||
| 4052 |   } | ||
| 4053 | }; | ||
| 4054 | |||
| 4055 | /// CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g. +=), we keep | ||
| 4056 | /// track of the type the operation is performed in.  Due to the semantics of | ||
| 4057 | /// these operators, the operands are promoted, the arithmetic performed, an | ||
| 4058 | /// implicit conversion back to the result type done, then the assignment takes | ||
| 4059 | /// place.  This captures the intermediate type which the computation is done | ||
| 4060 | /// in. | ||
| 4061 | class CompoundAssignOperator : public BinaryOperator { | ||
| 4062 |   QualType ComputationLHSType; | ||
| 4063 |   QualType ComputationResultType; | ||
| 4064 | |||
| 4065 |   /// Construct an empty CompoundAssignOperator. | ||
| 4066 | explicit CompoundAssignOperator(const ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty, | ||
| 4067 | bool hasFPFeatures) | ||
| 4068 | : BinaryOperator(CompoundAssignOperatorClass, Empty) {} | ||
| 4069 | |||
| 4070 | protected: | ||
| 4071 | CompoundAssignOperator(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, | ||
| 4072 | QualType ResType, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, | ||
| 4073 | SourceLocation OpLoc, FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, | ||
| 4074 |                          QualType CompLHSType, QualType CompResultType) | ||
| 4075 | : BinaryOperator(C, lhs, rhs, opc, ResType, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures, | ||
| 4076 | true), | ||
| 4077 | ComputationLHSType(CompLHSType), ComputationResultType(CompResultType) { | ||
| 4078 | assert(isCompoundAssignmentOp() && | ||
| 4079 | "Only should be used for compound assignments"); | ||
| 4080 |   } | ||
| 4081 | |||
| 4082 | public: | ||
| 4083 | static CompoundAssignOperator *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, | ||
| 4084 | bool hasFPFeatures); | ||
| 4085 | |||
| 4086 | static CompoundAssignOperator * | ||
| 4087 | Create(const ASTContext &C, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, Opcode opc, QualType ResTy, | ||
| 4088 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation opLoc, | ||
| 4089 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures, QualType CompLHSType = QualType(), | ||
| 4090 | QualType CompResultType = QualType()); | ||
| 4091 | |||
| 4092 |   // The two computation types are the type the LHS is converted | ||
| 4093 |   // to for the computation and the type of the result; the two are | ||
| 4094 |   // distinct in a few cases (specifically, int+=ptr and ptr-=ptr). | ||
| 4095 | QualType getComputationLHSType() const { return ComputationLHSType; } | ||
| 4096 | void setComputationLHSType(QualType T) { ComputationLHSType = T; } | ||
| 4097 | |||
| 4098 | QualType getComputationResultType() const { return ComputationResultType; } | ||
| 4099 | void setComputationResultType(QualType T) { ComputationResultType = T; } | ||
| 4100 | |||
| 4101 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { | ||
| 4102 | return S->getStmtClass() == CompoundAssignOperatorClass; | ||
| 4103 |   } | ||
| 4104 | }; | ||
| 4105 | |||
| 4106 | inline size_t BinaryOperator::offsetOfTrailingStorage() const { | ||
| 4107 | assert(BinaryOperatorBits.HasFPFeatures); | ||
| 4108 | return isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(this) ? sizeof(CompoundAssignOperator) | ||
| 4109 | : sizeof(BinaryOperator); | ||
| 4110 | } | ||
| 4111 | |||
| 4112 | /// AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for | ||
| 4113 | /// ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOperator. | ||
| 4114 | class AbstractConditionalOperator : public Expr { | ||
| 4115 |   SourceLocation QuestionLoc, ColonLoc; | ||
| 4116 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 4117 | |||
| 4118 | protected: | ||
| 4119 |   AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, QualType T, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 4120 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation qloc, | ||
| 4121 |                               SourceLocation cloc) | ||
| 4122 | : Expr(SC, T, VK, OK), QuestionLoc(qloc), ColonLoc(cloc) {} | ||
| 4123 | |||
| 4124 | AbstractConditionalOperator(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 4125 | : Expr(SC, Empty) { } | ||
| 4126 | |||
| 4127 | public: | ||
| 4128 |   // getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for | ||
| 4129 |   //   the ?: operator. | ||
| 4130 | Expr *getCond() const; | ||
| 4131 | |||
| 4132 |   // getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of | ||
| 4133 |   //   the expression if the condition evaluates to true. | ||
| 4134 | Expr *getTrueExpr() const; | ||
| 4135 | |||
| 4136 |   // getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of | ||
| 4137 |   //   the expression if the condition evaluates to false.  This is | ||
| 4138 |   //   the same as getRHS. | ||
| 4139 | Expr *getFalseExpr() const; | ||
| 4140 | |||
| 4141 | SourceLocation getQuestionLoc() const { return QuestionLoc; } | ||
| 4142 | SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; } | ||
| 4143 | |||
| 4144 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4145 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass || | ||
| 4146 | T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass; | ||
| 4147 |   } | ||
| 4148 | }; | ||
| 4149 | |||
| 4150 | /// ConditionalOperator - The ?: ternary operator.  The GNU "missing | ||
| 4151 | /// middle" extension is a BinaryConditionalOperator. | ||
| 4152 | class ConditionalOperator : public AbstractConditionalOperator { | ||
| 4153 | enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; | ||
| 4154 | Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides. | ||
| 4155 | |||
| 4156 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 4157 | public: | ||
| 4158 | ConditionalOperator(Expr *cond, SourceLocation QLoc, Expr *lhs, | ||
| 4159 |                       SourceLocation CLoc, Expr *rhs, QualType t, | ||
| 4160 |                       ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK) | ||
| 4161 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK, QLoc, | ||
| 4162 | CLoc) { | ||
| 4163 | SubExprs[COND] = cond; | ||
| 4164 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; | ||
| 4165 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; | ||
| 4166 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 4167 |   } | ||
| 4168 | |||
| 4169 |   /// Build an empty conditional operator. | ||
| 4170 | explicit ConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 4171 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 4172 | |||
| 4173 |   // getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for | ||
| 4174 |   //   the ?: operator. | ||
| 4175 | Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); } | ||
| 4176 | |||
| 4177 |   // getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of | ||
| 4178 |   //   the expression if the condition evaluates to true. | ||
| 4179 | Expr *getTrueExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } | ||
| 4180 | |||
| 4181 |   // getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of | ||
| 4182 |   //   the expression if the condition evaluates to false.  This is | ||
| 4183 |   //   the same as getRHS. | ||
| 4184 | Expr *getFalseExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } | ||
| 4185 | |||
| 4186 | Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } | ||
| 4187 | Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } | ||
| 4188 | |||
| 4189 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 4190 | return getCond()->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 4191 |   } | ||
| 4192 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 4193 | return getRHS()->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 4194 |   } | ||
| 4195 | |||
| 4196 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4197 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConditionalOperatorClass; | ||
| 4198 |   } | ||
| 4199 | |||
| 4200 |   // Iterators | ||
| 4201 | child_range children() { | ||
| 4202 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); | ||
| 4203 |   } | ||
| 4204 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4205 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); | ||
| 4206 |   } | ||
| 4207 | }; | ||
| 4208 | |||
| 4209 | /// BinaryConditionalOperator - The GNU extension to the conditional | ||
| 4210 | /// operator which allows the middle operand to be omitted. | ||
| 4211 | /// | ||
| 4212 | /// This is a different expression kind on the assumption that almost | ||
| 4213 | /// every client ends up needing to know that these are different. | ||
| 4214 | class BinaryConditionalOperator : public AbstractConditionalOperator { | ||
| 4215 | enum { COMMON, COND, LHS, RHS, NUM_SUBEXPRS }; | ||
| 4216 | |||
| 4217 |   /// - the common condition/left-hand-side expression, which will be | ||
| 4218 |   ///   evaluated as the opaque value | ||
| 4219 |   /// - the condition, expressed in terms of the opaque value | ||
| 4220 |   /// - the left-hand-side, expressed in terms of the opaque value | ||
| 4221 |   /// - the right-hand-side | ||
| 4222 | Stmt *SubExprs[NUM_SUBEXPRS]; | ||
| 4223 | OpaqueValueExpr *OpaqueValue; | ||
| 4224 | |||
| 4225 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 4226 | public: | ||
| 4227 | BinaryConditionalOperator(Expr *common, OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue, | ||
| 4228 | Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, | ||
| 4229 | SourceLocation qloc, SourceLocation cloc, | ||
| 4230 |                             QualType t, ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK) | ||
| 4231 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, t, VK, OK, | ||
| 4232 |                                     qloc, cloc), | ||
| 4233 | OpaqueValue(opaqueValue) { | ||
| 4234 | SubExprs[COMMON] = common; | ||
| 4235 | SubExprs[COND] = cond; | ||
| 4236 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; | ||
| 4237 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; | ||
| 4238 | assert(OpaqueValue->getSourceExpr() == common && "Wrong opaque value"); | ||
| 4239 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 4240 |   } | ||
| 4241 | |||
| 4242 |   /// Build an empty conditional operator. | ||
| 4243 | explicit BinaryConditionalOperator(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 4244 | : AbstractConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperatorClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 4245 | |||
| 4246 |   /// getCommon - Return the common expression, written to the | ||
| 4247 |   ///   left of the condition.  The opaque value will be bound to the | ||
| 4248 |   ///   result of this expression. | ||
| 4249 | Expr *getCommon() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COMMON]); } | ||
| 4250 | |||
| 4251 |   /// getOpaqueValue - Return the opaque value placeholder. | ||
| 4252 | OpaqueValueExpr *getOpaqueValue() const { return OpaqueValue; } | ||
| 4253 | |||
| 4254 |   /// getCond - Return the condition expression; this is defined | ||
| 4255 |   ///   in terms of the opaque value. | ||
| 4256 | Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); } | ||
| 4257 | |||
| 4258 |   /// getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression which will be | ||
| 4259 |   ///   evaluated if the condition evaluates to true;  this is defined | ||
| 4260 |   ///   in terms of the opaque value. | ||
| 4261 | Expr *getTrueExpr() const { | ||
| 4262 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); | ||
| 4263 |   } | ||
| 4264 | |||
| 4265 |   /// getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression which will be | ||
| 4266 |   ///   evaluated if the condnition evaluates to false; this is | ||
| 4267 |   ///   defined in terms of the opaque value. | ||
| 4268 | Expr *getFalseExpr() const { | ||
| 4269 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); | ||
| 4270 |   } | ||
| 4271 | |||
| 4272 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 4273 | return getCommon()->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 4274 |   } | ||
| 4275 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 4276 | return getFalseExpr()->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 4277 |   } | ||
| 4278 | |||
| 4279 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4280 | return T->getStmtClass() == BinaryConditionalOperatorClass; | ||
| 4281 |   } | ||
| 4282 | |||
| 4283 |   // Iterators | ||
| 4284 | child_range children() { | ||
| 4285 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS); | ||
| 4286 |   } | ||
| 4287 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4288 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NUM_SUBEXPRS); | ||
| 4289 |   } | ||
| 4290 | }; | ||
| 4291 | |||
| 4292 | inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getCond() const { | ||
| 4293 | if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this)) | ||
| 4294 | return co->getCond(); | ||
| 4295 | return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getCond(); | ||
| 4296 | } | ||
| 4297 | |||
| 4298 | inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getTrueExpr() const { | ||
| 4299 | if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this)) | ||
| 4300 | return co->getTrueExpr(); | ||
| 4301 | return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getTrueExpr(); | ||
| 4302 | } | ||
| 4303 | |||
| 4304 | inline Expr *AbstractConditionalOperator::getFalseExpr() const { | ||
| 4305 | if (const ConditionalOperator *co = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(this)) | ||
| 4306 | return co->getFalseExpr(); | ||
| 4307 | return cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(this)->getFalseExpr(); | ||
| 4308 | } | ||
| 4309 | |||
| 4310 | /// AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label. | ||
| 4311 | class AddrLabelExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 4312 |   SourceLocation AmpAmpLoc, LabelLoc; | ||
| 4313 | LabelDecl *Label; | ||
| 4314 | public: | ||
| 4315 | AddrLabelExpr(SourceLocation AALoc, SourceLocation LLoc, LabelDecl *L, | ||
| 4316 |                 QualType t) | ||
| 4317 | : Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, t, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), AmpAmpLoc(AALoc), | ||
| 4318 | LabelLoc(LLoc), Label(L) { | ||
| 4319 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | ||
| 4320 |   } | ||
| 4321 | |||
| 4322 |   /// Build an empty address of a label expression. | ||
| 4323 | explicit AddrLabelExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 4324 | : Expr(AddrLabelExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 4325 | |||
| 4326 | SourceLocation getAmpAmpLoc() const { return AmpAmpLoc; } | ||
| 4327 | void setAmpAmpLoc(SourceLocation L) { AmpAmpLoc = L; } | ||
| 4328 | SourceLocation getLabelLoc() const { return LabelLoc; } | ||
| 4329 | void setLabelLoc(SourceLocation L) { LabelLoc = L; } | ||
| 4330 | |||
| 4331 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return AmpAmpLoc; } | ||
| 4332 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LabelLoc; } | ||
| 4333 | |||
| 4334 | LabelDecl *getLabel() const { return Label; } | ||
| 4335 | void setLabel(LabelDecl *L) { Label = L; } | ||
| 4336 | |||
| 4337 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4338 | return T->getStmtClass() == AddrLabelExprClass; | ||
| 4339 |   } | ||
| 4340 | |||
| 4341 |   // Iterators | ||
| 4342 | child_range children() { | ||
| 4343 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 4344 |   } | ||
| 4345 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4346 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 4347 |   } | ||
| 4348 | }; | ||
| 4349 | |||
| 4350 | /// StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}). | ||
| 4351 | /// The StmtExpr contains a single CompoundStmt node, which it evaluates and | ||
| 4352 | /// takes the value of the last subexpression. | ||
| 4353 | /// | ||
| 4354 | /// A StmtExpr is always an r-value; values "returned" out of a | ||
| 4355 | /// StmtExpr will be copied. | ||
| 4356 | class StmtExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 4357 | Stmt *SubStmt; | ||
| 4358 |   SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 4359 | public: | ||
| 4360 | StmtExpr(CompoundStmt *SubStmt, QualType T, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||
| 4361 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth) | ||
| 4362 | : Expr(StmtExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), SubStmt(SubStmt), | ||
| 4363 | LParenLoc(LParenLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) { | ||
| 4364 | setDependence(computeDependence(this, TemplateDepth)); | ||
| 4365 |     // FIXME: A templated statement expression should have an associated | ||
| 4366 |     // DeclContext so that nested declarations always have a dependent context. | ||
| 4367 | StmtExprBits.TemplateDepth = TemplateDepth; | ||
| 4368 |   } | ||
| 4369 | |||
| 4370 |   /// Build an empty statement expression. | ||
| 4371 | explicit StmtExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(StmtExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 4372 | |||
| 4373 | CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() { return cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); } | ||
| 4374 | const CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() const { return cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); } | ||
| 4375 | void setSubStmt(CompoundStmt *S) { SubStmt = S; } | ||
| 4376 | |||
| 4377 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return LParenLoc; } | ||
| 4378 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4379 | |||
| 4380 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } | ||
| 4381 | void setLParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { LParenLoc = L; } | ||
| 4382 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4383 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } | ||
| 4384 | |||
| 4385 | unsigned getTemplateDepth() const { return StmtExprBits.TemplateDepth; } | ||
| 4386 | |||
| 4387 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4388 | return T->getStmtClass() == StmtExprClass; | ||
| 4389 |   } | ||
| 4390 | |||
| 4391 |   // Iterators | ||
| 4392 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt+1); } | ||
| 4393 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4394 | return const_child_range(&SubStmt, &SubStmt + 1); | ||
| 4395 |   } | ||
| 4396 | }; | ||
| 4397 | |||
| 4398 | /// ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function | ||
| 4399 | /// __builtin_shufflevector. | ||
| 4400 | /// This AST node represents a operator that does a constant | ||
| 4401 | /// shuffle, similar to LLVM's shufflevector instruction. It takes | ||
| 4402 | /// two vectors and a variable number of constant indices, | ||
| 4403 | /// and returns the appropriately shuffled vector. | ||
| 4404 | class ShuffleVectorExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 4405 |   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 4406 | |||
| 4407 |   // SubExprs - the list of values passed to the __builtin_shufflevector | ||
| 4408 |   // function. The first two are vectors, and the rest are constant | ||
| 4409 |   // indices.  The number of values in this list is always | ||
| 4410 |   // 2+the number of indices in the vector type. | ||
| 4411 | Stmt **SubExprs; | ||
| 4412 | unsigned NumExprs; | ||
| 4413 | |||
| 4414 | public: | ||
| 4415 | ShuffleVectorExpr(const ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType Type, | ||
| 4416 | SourceLocation BLoc, SourceLocation RP); | ||
| 4417 | |||
| 4418 |   /// Build an empty vector-shuffle expression. | ||
| 4419 | explicit ShuffleVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 4420 | : Expr(ShuffleVectorExprClass, Empty), SubExprs(nullptr) { } | ||
| 4421 | |||
| 4422 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 4423 | void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; } | ||
| 4424 | |||
| 4425 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4426 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } | ||
| 4427 | |||
| 4428 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 4429 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4430 | |||
| 4431 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4432 | return T->getStmtClass() == ShuffleVectorExprClass; | ||
| 4433 |   } | ||
| 4434 | |||
| 4435 |   /// getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array.  This includes the | ||
| 4436 |   /// constant expression, the actual arguments passed in, and the function | ||
| 4437 |   /// pointers. | ||
| 4438 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumExprs; } | ||
| 4439 | |||
| 4440 |   /// Retrieve the array of expressions. | ||
| 4441 | Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); } | ||
| 4442 | |||
| 4443 |   /// getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index. | ||
| 4444 | Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) { | ||
| 4445 | assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!"); | ||
| 4446 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Index]); | ||
| 4447 |   } | ||
| 4448 | const Expr *getExpr(unsigned Index) const { | ||
| 4449 | assert((Index < NumExprs) && "Arg access out of range!"); | ||
| 4450 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[Index]); | ||
| 4451 |   } | ||
| 4452 | |||
| 4453 | void setExprs(const ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); | ||
| 4454 | |||
| 4455 | llvm::APSInt getShuffleMaskIdx(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned N) const { | ||
| 4456 | assert((N < NumExprs - 2) && "Shuffle idx out of range!"); | ||
| 4457 | return getExpr(N+2)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx); | ||
| 4458 |   } | ||
| 4459 | |||
| 4460 |   // Iterators | ||
| 4461 | child_range children() { | ||
| 4462 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+NumExprs); | ||
| 4463 |   } | ||
| 4464 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4465 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + NumExprs); | ||
| 4466 |   } | ||
| 4467 | }; | ||
| 4468 | |||
| 4469 | /// ConvertVectorExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_convertvector | ||
| 4470 | /// This AST node provides support for converting a vector type to another | ||
| 4471 | /// vector type of the same arity. | ||
| 4472 | class ConvertVectorExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 4473 | private: | ||
| 4474 | Stmt *SrcExpr; | ||
| 4475 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||
| 4476 |   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 4477 | |||
| 4478 | friend class ASTReader; | ||
| 4479 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 4480 | explicit ConvertVectorExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ConvertVectorExprClass, Empty) {} | ||
| 4481 | |||
| 4482 | public: | ||
| 4483 | ConvertVectorExpr(Expr *SrcExpr, TypeSourceInfo *TI, QualType DstType, | ||
| 4484 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, | ||
| 4485 |                     SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc) | ||
| 4486 | : Expr(ConvertVectorExprClass, DstType, VK, OK), SrcExpr(SrcExpr), | ||
| 4487 | TInfo(TI), BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) { | ||
| 4488 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 4489 |   } | ||
| 4490 | |||
| 4491 |   /// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted. | ||
| 4492 | Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SrcExpr); } | ||
| 4493 | |||
| 4494 |   /// getTypeSourceInfo - Return the destination type. | ||
| 4495 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { | ||
| 4496 | return TInfo; | ||
| 4497 |   } | ||
| 4498 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *ti) { | ||
| 4499 | TInfo = ti; | ||
| 4500 |   } | ||
| 4501 | |||
| 4502 |   /// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_convertvector token. | ||
| 4503 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 4504 | |||
| 4505 |   /// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis. | ||
| 4506 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4507 | |||
| 4508 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 4509 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4510 | |||
| 4511 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4512 | return T->getStmtClass() == ConvertVectorExprClass; | ||
| 4513 |   } | ||
| 4514 | |||
| 4515 |   // Iterators | ||
| 4516 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); } | ||
| 4517 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4518 | return const_child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr + 1); | ||
| 4519 |   } | ||
| 4520 | }; | ||
| 4521 | |||
| 4522 | /// ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr. | ||
| 4523 | /// This AST node is similar to the conditional operator (?:) in C, with | ||
| 4524 | /// the following exceptions: | ||
| 4525 | /// - the test expression must be a integer constant expression. | ||
| 4526 | /// - the expression returned acts like the chosen subexpression in every | ||
| 4527 | ///   visible way: the type is the same as that of the chosen subexpression, | ||
| 4528 | ///   and all predicates (whether it's an l-value, whether it's an integer | ||
| 4529 | ///   constant expression, etc.) return the same result as for the chosen | ||
| 4530 | ///   sub-expression. | ||
| 4531 | class ChooseExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 4532 | enum { COND, LHS, RHS, END_EXPR }; | ||
| 4533 | Stmt* SubExprs[END_EXPR]; // Left/Middle/Right hand sides. | ||
| 4534 |   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 4535 | bool CondIsTrue; | ||
| 4536 | public: | ||
| 4537 | ChooseExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *cond, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs, QualType t, | ||
| 4538 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation RP, | ||
| 4539 | bool condIsTrue) | ||
| 4540 | : Expr(ChooseExprClass, t, VK, OK), BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RP), | ||
| 4541 | CondIsTrue(condIsTrue) { | ||
| 4542 | SubExprs[COND] = cond; | ||
| 4543 | SubExprs[LHS] = lhs; | ||
| 4544 | SubExprs[RHS] = rhs; | ||
| 4545 | |||
| 4546 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 4547 |   } | ||
| 4548 | |||
| 4549 |   /// Build an empty __builtin_choose_expr. | ||
| 4550 | explicit ChooseExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ChooseExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 4551 | |||
| 4552 |   /// isConditionTrue - Return whether the condition is true (i.e. not | ||
| 4553 |   /// equal to zero). | ||
| 4554 | bool isConditionTrue() const { | ||
| 4555 | assert(!isConditionDependent() && | ||
| 4556 | "Dependent condition isn't true or false"); | ||
| 4557 | return CondIsTrue; | ||
| 4558 |   } | ||
| 4559 | void setIsConditionTrue(bool isTrue) { CondIsTrue = isTrue; } | ||
| 4560 | |||
| 4561 | bool isConditionDependent() const { | ||
| 4562 | return getCond()->isTypeDependent() || getCond()->isValueDependent(); | ||
| 4563 |   } | ||
| 4564 | |||
| 4565 |   /// getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the | ||
| 4566 |   /// condition. | ||
| 4567 | Expr *getChosenSubExpr() const { | ||
| 4568 | return isConditionTrue() ? getLHS() : getRHS(); | ||
| 4569 |   } | ||
| 4570 | |||
| 4571 | Expr *getCond() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[COND]); } | ||
| 4572 | void setCond(Expr *E) { SubExprs[COND] = E; } | ||
| 4573 | Expr *getLHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[LHS]); } | ||
| 4574 | void setLHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LHS] = E; } | ||
| 4575 | Expr *getRHS() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[RHS]); } | ||
| 4576 | void setRHS(Expr *E) { SubExprs[RHS] = E; } | ||
| 4577 | |||
| 4578 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 4579 | void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; } | ||
| 4580 | |||
| 4581 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4582 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } | ||
| 4583 | |||
| 4584 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 4585 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4586 | |||
| 4587 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4588 | return T->getStmtClass() == ChooseExprClass; | ||
| 4589 |   } | ||
| 4590 | |||
| 4591 |   // Iterators | ||
| 4592 | child_range children() { | ||
| 4593 | return child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0]+END_EXPR); | ||
| 4594 |   } | ||
| 4595 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4596 | return const_child_range(&SubExprs[0], &SubExprs[0] + END_EXPR); | ||
| 4597 |   } | ||
| 4598 | }; | ||
| 4599 | |||
| 4600 | /// GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name | ||
| 4601 | /// for a null pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or | ||
| 4602 | /// long) and is the same size and alignment as a pointer. The __null | ||
| 4603 | /// extension is typically only used by system headers, which define | ||
| 4604 | /// NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer | ||
| 4605 | /// that may not match the size of a pointer). | ||
| 4606 | class GNUNullExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 4607 |   /// TokenLoc - The location of the __null keyword. | ||
| 4608 |   SourceLocation TokenLoc; | ||
| 4609 | |||
| 4610 | public: | ||
| 4611 | GNUNullExpr(QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) | ||
| 4612 | : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), TokenLoc(Loc) { | ||
| 4613 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | ||
| 4614 |   } | ||
| 4615 | |||
| 4616 |   /// Build an empty GNU __null expression. | ||
| 4617 | explicit GNUNullExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(GNUNullExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 4618 | |||
| 4619 |   /// getTokenLocation - The location of the __null token. | ||
| 4620 | SourceLocation getTokenLocation() const { return TokenLoc; } | ||
| 4621 | void setTokenLocation(SourceLocation L) { TokenLoc = L; } | ||
| 4622 | |||
| 4623 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; } | ||
| 4624 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TokenLoc; } | ||
| 4625 | |||
| 4626 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4627 | return T->getStmtClass() == GNUNullExprClass; | ||
| 4628 |   } | ||
| 4629 | |||
| 4630 |   // Iterators | ||
| 4631 | child_range children() { | ||
| 4632 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 4633 |   } | ||
| 4634 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4635 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 4636 |   } | ||
| 4637 | }; | ||
| 4638 | |||
| 4639 | /// Represents a call to the builtin function \c __builtin_va_arg. | ||
| 4640 | class VAArgExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 4641 | Stmt *Val; | ||
| 4642 | llvm::PointerIntPair<TypeSourceInfo *, 1, bool> TInfo; | ||
| 4643 |   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 4644 | public: | ||
| 4645 | VAArgExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, Expr *e, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | ||
| 4646 | SourceLocation RPLoc, QualType t, bool IsMS) | ||
| 4647 | : Expr(VAArgExprClass, t, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), Val(e), | ||
| 4648 | TInfo(TInfo, IsMS), BuiltinLoc(BLoc), RParenLoc(RPLoc) { | ||
| 4649 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 4650 |   } | ||
| 4651 | |||
| 4652 |   /// Create an empty __builtin_va_arg expression. | ||
| 4653 | explicit VAArgExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 4654 | : Expr(VAArgExprClass, Empty), Val(nullptr), TInfo(nullptr, false) {} | ||
| 4655 | |||
| 4656 | const Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(Val); } | ||
| 4657 | Expr *getSubExpr() { return cast<Expr>(Val); } | ||
| 4658 | void setSubExpr(Expr *E) { Val = E; } | ||
| 4659 | |||
| 4660 |   /// Returns whether this is really a Win64 ABI va_arg expression. | ||
| 4661 | bool isMicrosoftABI() const { return TInfo.getInt(); } | ||
| 4662 | void setIsMicrosoftABI(bool IsMS) { TInfo.setInt(IsMS); } | ||
| 4663 | |||
| 4664 | TypeSourceInfo *getWrittenTypeInfo() const { return TInfo.getPointer(); } | ||
| 4665 | void setWrittenTypeInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { TInfo.setPointer(TI); } | ||
| 4666 | |||
| 4667 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 4668 | void setBuiltinLoc(SourceLocation L) { BuiltinLoc = L; } | ||
| 4669 | |||
| 4670 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4671 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } | ||
| 4672 | |||
| 4673 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 4674 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4675 | |||
| 4676 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4677 | return T->getStmtClass() == VAArgExprClass; | ||
| 4678 |   } | ||
| 4679 | |||
| 4680 |   // Iterators | ||
| 4681 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Val, &Val+1); } | ||
| 4682 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4683 | return const_child_range(&Val, &Val + 1); | ||
| 4684 |   } | ||
| 4685 | }; | ||
| 4686 | |||
| 4687 | /// Represents a function call to one of __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_COLUMN(), | ||
| 4688 | /// __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FILE(), or __builtin_source_location(). | ||
| 4689 | class SourceLocExpr final : public Expr { | ||
| 4690 |   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 4691 | DeclContext *ParentContext; | ||
| 4692 | |||
| 4693 | public: | ||
| 4694 | enum IdentKind { Function, File, Line, Column, SourceLocStruct }; | ||
| 4695 | |||
| 4696 | SourceLocExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, IdentKind Type, QualType ResultTy, | ||
| 4697 | SourceLocation BLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||
| 4698 | DeclContext *Context); | ||
| 4699 | |||
| 4700 |   /// Build an empty call expression. | ||
| 4701 | explicit SourceLocExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(SourceLocExprClass, Empty) {} | ||
| 4702 | |||
| 4703 |   /// Return the result of evaluating this SourceLocExpr in the specified | ||
| 4704 |   /// (and possibly null) default argument or initialization context. | ||
| 4705 | APValue EvaluateInContext(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||
| 4706 | const Expr *DefaultExpr) const; | ||
| 4707 | |||
| 4708 |   /// Return a string representing the name of the specific builtin function. | ||
| 4709 | StringRef getBuiltinStr() const; | ||
| 4710 | |||
| 4711 | IdentKind getIdentKind() const { | ||
| 4712 | return static_cast<IdentKind>(SourceLocExprBits.Kind); | ||
| 4713 |   } | ||
| 4714 | |||
| 4715 | bool isIntType() const { | ||
| 4716 | switch (getIdentKind()) { | ||
| 4717 | case File: | ||
| 4718 | case Function: | ||
| 4719 | case SourceLocStruct: | ||
| 4720 | return false; | ||
| 4721 | case Line: | ||
| 4722 | case Column: | ||
| 4723 | return true; | ||
| 4724 |     } | ||
| 4725 | llvm_unreachable("unknown source location expression kind"); | ||
| 4726 |   } | ||
| 4727 | |||
| 4728 |   /// If the SourceLocExpr has been resolved return the subexpression | ||
| 4729 |   /// representing the resolved value. Otherwise return null. | ||
| 4730 | const DeclContext *getParentContext() const { return ParentContext; } | ||
| 4731 | DeclContext *getParentContext() { return ParentContext; } | ||
| 4732 | |||
| 4733 | SourceLocation getLocation() const { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 4734 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 4735 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 4736 | |||
| 4737 | child_range children() { | ||
| 4738 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 4739 |   } | ||
| 4740 | |||
| 4741 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4742 | return const_child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 4743 |   } | ||
| 4744 | |||
| 4745 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4746 | return T->getStmtClass() == SourceLocExprClass; | ||
| 4747 |   } | ||
| 4748 | |||
| 4749 | private: | ||
| 4750 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 4751 | }; | ||
| 4752 | |||
| 4753 | /// Describes an C or C++ initializer list. | ||
| 4754 | /// | ||
| 4755 | /// InitListExpr describes an initializer list, which can be used to | ||
| 4756 | /// initialize objects of different types, including | ||
| 4757 | /// struct/class/union types, arrays, and vectors. For example: | ||
| 4758 | /// | ||
| 4759 | /// @code | ||
| 4760 | /// struct foo x = { 1, { 2, 3 } }; | ||
| 4761 | /// @endcode | ||
| 4762 | /// | ||
| 4763 | /// Prior to semantic analysis, an initializer list will represent the | ||
| 4764 | /// initializer list as written by the user, but will have the | ||
| 4765 | /// placeholder type "void". This initializer list is called the | ||
| 4766 | /// syntactic form of the initializer, and may contain C99 designated | ||
| 4767 | /// initializers (represented as DesignatedInitExprs), initializations | ||
| 4768 | /// of subobject members without explicit braces, and so on. Clients | ||
| 4769 | /// interested in the original syntax of the initializer list should | ||
| 4770 | /// use the syntactic form of the initializer list. | ||
| 4771 | /// | ||
| 4772 | /// After semantic analysis, the initializer list will represent the | ||
| 4773 | /// semantic form of the initializer, where the initializations of all | ||
| 4774 | /// subobjects are made explicit with nested InitListExpr nodes and | ||
| 4775 | /// C99 designators have been eliminated by placing the designated | ||
| 4776 | /// initializations into the subobject they initialize. Additionally, | ||
| 4777 | /// any "holes" in the initialization, where no initializer has been | ||
| 4778 | /// specified for a particular subobject, will be replaced with | ||
| 4779 | /// implicitly-generated ImplicitValueInitExpr expressions that | ||
| 4780 | /// value-initialize the subobjects. Note, however, that the | ||
| 4781 | /// initializer lists may still have fewer initializers than there are | ||
| 4782 | /// elements to initialize within the object. | ||
| 4783 | /// | ||
| 4784 | /// After semantic analysis has completed, given an initializer list, | ||
| 4785 | /// method isSemanticForm() returns true if and only if this is the | ||
| 4786 | /// semantic form of the initializer list (note: the same AST node | ||
| 4787 | /// may at the same time be the syntactic form). | ||
| 4788 | /// Given the semantic form of the initializer list, one can retrieve | ||
| 4789 | /// the syntactic form of that initializer list (when different) | ||
| 4790 | /// using method getSyntacticForm(); the method returns null if applied | ||
| 4791 | /// to a initializer list which is already in syntactic form. | ||
| 4792 | /// Similarly, given the syntactic form (i.e., an initializer list such | ||
| 4793 | /// that isSemanticForm() returns false), one can retrieve the semantic | ||
| 4794 | /// form using method getSemanticForm(). | ||
| 4795 | /// Since many initializer lists have the same syntactic and semantic forms, | ||
| 4796 | /// getSyntacticForm() may return NULL, indicating that the current | ||
| 4797 | /// semantic initializer list also serves as its syntactic form. | ||
| 4798 | class InitListExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 4799 |   // FIXME: Eliminate this vector in favor of ASTContext allocation | ||
| 4800 | typedef ASTVector<Stmt *> InitExprsTy; | ||
| 4801 |   InitExprsTy InitExprs; | ||
| 4802 |   SourceLocation LBraceLoc, RBraceLoc; | ||
| 4803 | |||
| 4804 |   /// The alternative form of the initializer list (if it exists). | ||
| 4805 |   /// The int part of the pair stores whether this initializer list is | ||
| 4806 |   /// in semantic form. If not null, the pointer points to: | ||
| 4807 |   ///   - the syntactic form, if this is in semantic form; | ||
| 4808 |   ///   - the semantic form, if this is in syntactic form. | ||
| 4809 | llvm::PointerIntPair<InitListExpr *, 1, bool> AltForm; | ||
| 4810 | |||
| 4811 |   /// Either: | ||
| 4812 |   ///  If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than | ||
| 4813 |   ///  there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be used | ||
| 4814 |   ///  for value initialization of the rest of the elements. | ||
| 4815 |   /// Or | ||
| 4816 |   ///  If this initializer list initializes a union, specifies which | ||
| 4817 |   ///  field within the union will be initialized. | ||
| 4818 | llvm::PointerUnion<Expr *, FieldDecl *> ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit; | ||
| 4819 | |||
| 4820 | public: | ||
| 4821 | InitListExpr(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation lbraceloc, | ||
| 4822 | ArrayRef<Expr*> initExprs, SourceLocation rbraceloc); | ||
| 4823 | |||
| 4824 |   /// Build an empty initializer list. | ||
| 4825 | explicit InitListExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 4826 | : Expr(InitListExprClass, Empty), AltForm(nullptr, true) { } | ||
| 4827 | |||
| 4828 | unsigned getNumInits() const { return InitExprs.size(); } | ||
| 4829 | |||
| 4830 |   /// Retrieve the set of initializers. | ||
| 4831 | Expr **getInits() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(InitExprs.data()); } | ||
| 4832 | |||
| 4833 |   /// Retrieve the set of initializers. | ||
| 4834 | Expr * const *getInits() const { | ||
| 4835 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(InitExprs.data()); | ||
| 4836 |   } | ||
| 4837 | |||
| 4838 | ArrayRef<Expr *> inits() { return llvm::ArrayRef(getInits(), getNumInits()); } | ||
| 4839 | |||
| 4840 | ArrayRef<Expr *> inits() const { | ||
| 4841 | return llvm::ArrayRef(getInits(), getNumInits()); | ||
| 4842 |   } | ||
| 4843 | |||
| 4844 | const Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) const { | ||
| 4845 | assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!"); | ||
| 4846 | return cast_or_null<Expr>(InitExprs[Init]); | ||
| 4847 |   } | ||
| 4848 | |||
| 4849 | Expr *getInit(unsigned Init) { | ||
| 4850 | assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!"); | ||
| 4851 | return cast_or_null<Expr>(InitExprs[Init]); | ||
| 4852 |   } | ||
| 4853 | |||
| 4854 | void setInit(unsigned Init, Expr *expr) { | ||
| 4855 | assert(Init < getNumInits() && "Initializer access out of range!"); | ||
| 4856 | InitExprs[Init] = expr; | ||
| 4857 | |||
| 4858 | if (expr) | ||
| 4859 | setDependence(getDependence() | expr->getDependence()); | ||
| 4860 |   } | ||
| 4861 | |||
| 4862 |   /// Mark the semantic form of the InitListExpr as error when the semantic | ||
| 4863 |   /// analysis fails. | ||
| 4864 | void markError() { | ||
| 4865 | assert(isSemanticForm()); | ||
| 4866 | setDependence(getDependence() | ExprDependence::ErrorDependent); | ||
| 4867 |   } | ||
| 4868 | |||
| 4869 |   /// Reserve space for some number of initializers. | ||
| 4870 | void reserveInits(const ASTContext &C, unsigned NumInits); | ||
| 4871 | |||
| 4872 |   /// Specify the number of initializers | ||
| 4873 |   /// | ||
| 4874 |   /// If there are more than @p NumInits initializers, the remaining | ||
| 4875 |   /// initializers will be destroyed. If there are fewer than @p | ||
| 4876 |   /// NumInits initializers, NULL expressions will be added for the | ||
| 4877 |   /// unknown initializers. | ||
| 4878 | void resizeInits(const ASTContext &Context, unsigned NumInits); | ||
| 4879 | |||
| 4880 |   /// Updates the initializer at index @p Init with the new | ||
| 4881 |   /// expression @p expr, and returns the old expression at that | ||
| 4882 |   /// location. | ||
| 4883 |   /// | ||
| 4884 |   /// When @p Init is out of range for this initializer list, the | ||
| 4885 |   /// initializer list will be extended with NULL expressions to | ||
| 4886 |   /// accommodate the new entry. | ||
| 4887 | Expr *updateInit(const ASTContext &C, unsigned Init, Expr *expr); | ||
| 4888 | |||
| 4889 |   /// If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements | ||
| 4890 |   /// than there are initializers in the list, specifies an expression to be | ||
| 4891 |   /// used for value initialization of the rest of the elements. | ||
| 4892 | Expr *getArrayFiller() { | ||
| 4893 | return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<Expr *>(); | ||
| 4894 |   } | ||
| 4895 | const Expr *getArrayFiller() const { | ||
| 4896 | return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getArrayFiller(); | ||
| 4897 |   } | ||
| 4898 | void setArrayFiller(Expr *filler); | ||
| 4899 | |||
| 4900 |   /// Return true if this is an array initializer and its array "filler" | ||
| 4901 |   /// has been set. | ||
| 4902 | bool hasArrayFiller() const { return getArrayFiller(); } | ||
| 4903 | |||
| 4904 |   /// If this initializes a union, specifies which field in the | ||
| 4905 |   /// union to initialize. | ||
| 4906 |   /// | ||
| 4907 |   /// Typically, this field is the first named field within the | ||
| 4908 |   /// union. However, a designated initializer can specify the | ||
| 4909 |   /// initialization of a different field within the union. | ||
| 4910 | FieldDecl *getInitializedFieldInUnion() { | ||
| 4911 | return ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit.dyn_cast<FieldDecl *>(); | ||
| 4912 |   } | ||
| 4913 | const FieldDecl *getInitializedFieldInUnion() const { | ||
| 4914 | return const_cast<InitListExpr *>(this)->getInitializedFieldInUnion(); | ||
| 4915 |   } | ||
| 4916 | void setInitializedFieldInUnion(FieldDecl *FD) { | ||
| 4917 | assert((FD == nullptr | ||
| 4918 | || getInitializedFieldInUnion() == nullptr | ||
| 4919 | || getInitializedFieldInUnion() == FD) | ||
| 4920 | && "Only one field of a union may be initialized at a time!"); | ||
| 4921 | ArrayFillerOrUnionFieldInit = FD; | ||
| 4922 |   } | ||
| 4923 | |||
| 4924 |   // Explicit InitListExpr's originate from source code (and have valid source | ||
| 4925 |   // locations). Implicit InitListExpr's are created by the semantic analyzer. | ||
| 4926 |   // FIXME: This is wrong; InitListExprs created by semantic analysis have | ||
| 4927 |   // valid source locations too! | ||
| 4928 | bool isExplicit() const { | ||
| 4929 | return LBraceLoc.isValid() && RBraceLoc.isValid(); | ||
| 4930 |   } | ||
| 4931 | |||
| 4932 |   // Is this an initializer for an array of characters, initialized by a string | ||
| 4933 |   // literal or an @encode? | ||
| 4934 | bool isStringLiteralInit() const; | ||
| 4935 | |||
| 4936 |   /// Is this a transparent initializer list (that is, an InitListExpr that is | ||
| 4937 |   /// purely syntactic, and whose semantics are that of the sole contained | ||
| 4938 |   /// initializer)? | ||
| 4939 | bool isTransparent() const; | ||
| 4940 | |||
| 4941 |   /// Is this the zero initializer {0} in a language which considers it | ||
| 4942 |   /// idiomatic? | ||
| 4943 | bool isIdiomaticZeroInitializer(const LangOptions &LangOpts) const; | ||
| 4944 | |||
| 4945 | SourceLocation getLBraceLoc() const { return LBraceLoc; } | ||
| 4946 | void setLBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { LBraceLoc = Loc; } | ||
| 4947 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } | ||
| 4948 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { RBraceLoc = Loc; } | ||
| 4949 | |||
| 4950 | bool isSemanticForm() const { return AltForm.getInt(); } | ||
| 4951 | InitListExpr *getSemanticForm() const { | ||
| 4952 | return isSemanticForm() ? nullptr : AltForm.getPointer(); | ||
| 4953 |   } | ||
| 4954 | bool isSyntacticForm() const { | ||
| 4955 | return !AltForm.getInt() || !AltForm.getPointer(); | ||
| 4956 |   } | ||
| 4957 | InitListExpr *getSyntacticForm() const { | ||
| 4958 | return isSemanticForm() ? AltForm.getPointer() : nullptr; | ||
| 4959 |   } | ||
| 4960 | |||
| 4961 | void setSyntacticForm(InitListExpr *Init) { | ||
| 4962 | AltForm.setPointer(Init); | ||
| 4963 | AltForm.setInt(true); | ||
| 4964 | Init->AltForm.setPointer(this); | ||
| 4965 | Init->AltForm.setInt(false); | ||
| 4966 |   } | ||
| 4967 | |||
| 4968 | bool hadArrayRangeDesignator() const { | ||
| 4969 | return InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator != 0; | ||
| 4970 |   } | ||
| 4971 | void sawArrayRangeDesignator(bool ARD = true) { | ||
| 4972 | InitListExprBits.HadArrayRangeDesignator = ARD; | ||
| 4973 |   } | ||
| 4974 | |||
| 4975 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 4976 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 4977 | |||
| 4978 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 4979 | return T->getStmtClass() == InitListExprClass; | ||
| 4980 |   } | ||
| 4981 | |||
| 4982 |   // Iterators | ||
| 4983 | child_range children() { | ||
| 4984 | const_child_range CCR = const_cast<const InitListExpr *>(this)->children(); | ||
| 4985 | return child_range(cast_away_const(CCR.begin()), | ||
| 4986 | cast_away_const(CCR.end())); | ||
| 4987 |   } | ||
| 4988 | |||
| 4989 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 4990 |     // FIXME: This does not include the array filler expression. | ||
| 4991 | if (InitExprs.empty()) | ||
| 4992 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 4993 | return const_child_range(&InitExprs[0], &InitExprs[0] + InitExprs.size()); | ||
| 4994 |   } | ||
| 4995 | |||
| 4996 | typedef InitExprsTy::iterator iterator; | ||
| 4997 | typedef InitExprsTy::const_iterator const_iterator; | ||
| 4998 | typedef InitExprsTy::reverse_iterator reverse_iterator; | ||
| 4999 | typedef InitExprsTy::const_reverse_iterator const_reverse_iterator; | ||
| 5000 | |||
| 5001 | iterator begin() { return InitExprs.begin(); } | ||
| 5002 | const_iterator begin() const { return InitExprs.begin(); } | ||
| 5003 | iterator end() { return InitExprs.end(); } | ||
| 5004 | const_iterator end() const { return InitExprs.end(); } | ||
| 5005 | reverse_iterator rbegin() { return InitExprs.rbegin(); } | ||
| 5006 | const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return InitExprs.rbegin(); } | ||
| 5007 | reverse_iterator rend() { return InitExprs.rend(); } | ||
| 5008 | const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return InitExprs.rend(); } | ||
| 5009 | |||
| 5010 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 5011 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | ||
| 5012 | }; | ||
| 5013 | |||
| 5014 | /// Represents a C99 designated initializer expression. | ||
| 5015 | /// | ||
| 5016 | /// A designated initializer expression (C99 6.7.8) contains one or | ||
| 5017 | /// more designators (which can be field designators, array | ||
| 5018 | /// designators, or GNU array-range designators) followed by an | ||
| 5019 | /// expression that initializes the field or element(s) that the | ||
| 5020 | /// designators refer to. For example, given: | ||
| 5021 | /// | ||
| 5022 | /// @code | ||
| 5023 | /// struct point { | ||
| 5024 | ///   double x; | ||
| 5025 | ///   double y; | ||
| 5026 | /// }; | ||
| 5027 | /// struct point ptarray[10] = { [2].y = 1.0, [2].x = 2.0, [0].x = 1.0 }; | ||
| 5028 | /// @endcode | ||
| 5029 | /// | ||
| 5030 | /// The InitListExpr contains three DesignatedInitExprs, the first of | ||
| 5031 | /// which covers @c [2].y=1.0. This DesignatedInitExpr will have two | ||
| 5032 | /// designators, one array designator for @c [2] followed by one field | ||
| 5033 | /// designator for @c .y. The initialization expression will be 1.0. | ||
| 5034 | class DesignatedInitExpr final | ||
| 5035 | : public Expr, | ||
| 5036 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<DesignatedInitExpr, Stmt *> { | ||
| 5037 | public: | ||
| 5038 |   /// Forward declaration of the Designator class. | ||
| 5039 | class Designator; | ||
| 5040 | |||
| 5041 | private: | ||
| 5042 |   /// The location of the '=' or ':' prior to the actual initializer | ||
| 5043 |   /// expression. | ||
| 5044 |   SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc; | ||
| 5045 | |||
| 5046 |   /// Whether this designated initializer used the GNU deprecated | ||
| 5047 |   /// syntax rather than the C99 '=' syntax. | ||
| 5048 | unsigned GNUSyntax : 1; | ||
| 5049 | |||
| 5050 |   /// The number of designators in this initializer expression. | ||
| 5051 | unsigned NumDesignators : 15; | ||
| 5052 | |||
| 5053 |   /// The number of subexpressions of this initializer expression, | ||
| 5054 |   /// which contains both the initializer and any additional | ||
| 5055 |   /// expressions used by array and array-range designators. | ||
| 5056 | unsigned NumSubExprs : 16; | ||
| 5057 | |||
| 5058 |   /// The designators in this designated initialization | ||
| 5059 |   /// expression. | ||
| 5060 | Designator *Designators; | ||
| 5061 | |||
| 5062 | DesignatedInitExpr(const ASTContext &C, QualType Ty, | ||
| 5063 | llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> Designators, | ||
| 5064 |                      SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, bool GNUSyntax, | ||
| 5065 | ArrayRef<Expr *> IndexExprs, Expr *Init); | ||
| 5066 | |||
| 5067 | explicit DesignatedInitExpr(unsigned NumSubExprs) | ||
| 5068 | : Expr(DesignatedInitExprClass, EmptyShell()), | ||
| 5069 | NumDesignators(0), NumSubExprs(NumSubExprs), Designators(nullptr) { } | ||
| 5070 | |||
| 5071 | public: | ||
| 5072 |   /// A field designator, e.g., ".x". | ||
| 5073 | struct FieldDesignator { | ||
| 5074 |     /// Refers to the field that is being initialized. The low bit | ||
| 5075 |     /// of this field determines whether this is actually a pointer | ||
| 5076 |     /// to an IdentifierInfo (if 1) or a FieldDecl (if 0). When | ||
| 5077 |     /// initially constructed, a field designator will store an | ||
| 5078 |     /// IdentifierInfo*. After semantic analysis has resolved that | ||
| 5079 |     /// name, the field designator will instead store a FieldDecl*. | ||
| 5080 | uintptr_t NameOrField; | ||
| 5081 | |||
| 5082 |     /// The location of the '.' in the designated initializer. | ||
| 5083 |     SourceLocation DotLoc; | ||
| 5084 | |||
| 5085 |     /// The location of the field name in the designated initializer. | ||
| 5086 |     SourceLocation FieldLoc; | ||
| 5087 | }; | ||
| 5088 | |||
| 5089 |   /// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]". | ||
| 5090 | struct ArrayOrRangeDesignator { | ||
| 5091 |     /// Location of the first index expression within the designated | ||
| 5092 |     /// initializer expression's list of subexpressions. | ||
| 5093 | unsigned Index; | ||
| 5094 |     /// The location of the '[' starting the array range designator. | ||
| 5095 |     SourceLocation LBracketLoc; | ||
| 5096 |     /// The location of the ellipsis separating the start and end | ||
| 5097 |     /// indices. Only valid for GNU array-range designators. | ||
| 5098 |     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; | ||
| 5099 |     /// The location of the ']' terminating the array range designator. | ||
| 5100 |     SourceLocation RBracketLoc; | ||
| 5101 | }; | ||
| 5102 | |||
| 5103 |   /// Represents a single C99 designator. | ||
| 5104 |   /// | ||
| 5105 |   /// @todo This class is infuriatingly similar to clang::Designator, | ||
| 5106 |   /// but minor differences (storing indices vs. storing pointers) | ||
| 5107 |   /// keep us from reusing it. Try harder, later, to rectify these | ||
| 5108 |   /// differences. | ||
| 5109 | class Designator { | ||
| 5110 |     /// The kind of designator this describes. | ||
| 5111 | enum { | ||
| 5112 | FieldDesignator, | ||
| 5113 | ArrayDesignator, | ||
| 5114 | ArrayRangeDesignator | ||
| 5115 | } Kind; | ||
| 5116 | |||
| 5117 | union { | ||
| 5118 |       /// A field designator, e.g., ".x". | ||
| 5119 | struct FieldDesignator Field; | ||
| 5120 |       /// An array or GNU array-range designator, e.g., "[9]" or "[10..15]". | ||
| 5121 | struct ArrayOrRangeDesignator ArrayOrRange; | ||
| 5122 | }; | ||
| 5123 | friend class DesignatedInitExpr; | ||
| 5124 | |||
| 5125 | public: | ||
| 5126 | Designator() {} | ||
| 5127 | |||
| 5128 |     /// Initializes a field designator. | ||
| 5129 | Designator(const IdentifierInfo *FieldName, SourceLocation DotLoc, | ||
| 5130 |                SourceLocation FieldLoc) | ||
| 5131 | : Kind(FieldDesignator) { | ||
| 5132 | new (&Field) DesignatedInitExpr::FieldDesignator; | ||
| 5133 | Field.NameOrField = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(FieldName) | 0x01; | ||
| 5134 | Field.DotLoc = DotLoc; | ||
| 5135 | Field.FieldLoc = FieldLoc; | ||
| 5136 |     } | ||
| 5137 | |||
| 5138 |     /// Initializes an array designator. | ||
| 5139 | Designator(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc, | ||
| 5140 |                SourceLocation RBracketLoc) | ||
| 5141 | : Kind(ArrayDesignator) { | ||
| 5142 | new (&ArrayOrRange) DesignatedInitExpr::ArrayOrRangeDesignator; | ||
| 5143 | ArrayOrRange.Index = Index; | ||
| 5144 | ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc = LBracketLoc; | ||
| 5145 | ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation(); | ||
| 5146 | ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc; | ||
| 5147 |     } | ||
| 5148 | |||
| 5149 |     /// Initializes a GNU array-range designator. | ||
| 5150 | Designator(unsigned Index, SourceLocation LBracketLoc, | ||
| 5151 |                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, SourceLocation RBracketLoc) | ||
| 5152 | : Kind(ArrayRangeDesignator) { | ||
| 5153 | new (&ArrayOrRange) DesignatedInitExpr::ArrayOrRangeDesignator; | ||
| 5154 | ArrayOrRange.Index = Index; | ||
| 5155 | ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc = LBracketLoc; | ||
| 5156 | ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc = EllipsisLoc; | ||
| 5157 | ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc = RBracketLoc; | ||
| 5158 |     } | ||
| 5159 | |||
| 5160 | bool isFieldDesignator() const { return Kind == FieldDesignator; } | ||
| 5161 | bool isArrayDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayDesignator; } | ||
| 5162 | bool isArrayRangeDesignator() const { return Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator; } | ||
| 5163 | |||
| 5164 | IdentifierInfo *getFieldName() const; | ||
| 5165 | |||
| 5166 | FieldDecl *getField() const { | ||
| 5167 | assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator"); | ||
| 5168 | if (Field.NameOrField & 0x01) | ||
| 5169 | return nullptr; | ||
| 5170 |       else | ||
| 5171 | return reinterpret_cast<FieldDecl *>(Field.NameOrField); | ||
| 5172 |     } | ||
| 5173 | |||
| 5174 | void setField(FieldDecl *FD) { | ||
| 5175 | assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator"); | ||
| 5176 | Field.NameOrField = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(FD); | ||
| 5177 |     } | ||
| 5178 | |||
| 5179 | SourceLocation getDotLoc() const { | ||
| 5180 | assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator"); | ||
| 5181 | return Field.DotLoc; | ||
| 5182 |     } | ||
| 5183 | |||
| 5184 | SourceLocation getFieldLoc() const { | ||
| 5185 | assert(Kind == FieldDesignator && "Only valid on a field designator"); | ||
| 5186 | return Field.FieldLoc; | ||
| 5187 |     } | ||
| 5188 | |||
| 5189 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { | ||
| 5190 | assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) && | ||
| 5191 | "Only valid on an array or array-range designator"); | ||
| 5192 | return ArrayOrRange.LBracketLoc; | ||
| 5193 |     } | ||
| 5194 | |||
| 5195 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { | ||
| 5196 | assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) && | ||
| 5197 | "Only valid on an array or array-range designator"); | ||
| 5198 | return ArrayOrRange.RBracketLoc; | ||
| 5199 |     } | ||
| 5200 | |||
| 5201 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { | ||
| 5202 | assert(Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator && | ||
| 5203 | "Only valid on an array-range designator"); | ||
| 5204 | return ArrayOrRange.EllipsisLoc; | ||
| 5205 |     } | ||
| 5206 | |||
| 5207 | unsigned getFirstExprIndex() const { | ||
| 5208 | assert((Kind == ArrayDesignator || Kind == ArrayRangeDesignator) && | ||
| 5209 | "Only valid on an array or array-range designator"); | ||
| 5210 | return ArrayOrRange.Index; | ||
| 5211 |     } | ||
| 5212 | |||
| 5213 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 5214 | if (Kind == FieldDesignator) | ||
| 5215 | return getDotLoc().isInvalid()? getFieldLoc() : getDotLoc(); | ||
| 5216 |       else | ||
| 5217 | return getLBracketLoc(); | ||
| 5218 |     } | ||
| 5219 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 5220 | return Kind == FieldDesignator ? getFieldLoc() : getRBracketLoc(); | ||
| 5221 |     } | ||
| 5222 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 5223 | return SourceRange(getBeginLoc(), getEndLoc()); | ||
| 5224 |     } | ||
| 5225 | }; | ||
| 5226 | |||
| 5227 | static DesignatedInitExpr *Create(const ASTContext &C, | ||
| 5228 | llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> Designators, | ||
| 5229 | ArrayRef<Expr*> IndexExprs, | ||
| 5230 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, | ||
| 5231 | bool GNUSyntax, Expr *Init); | ||
| 5232 | |||
| 5233 | static DesignatedInitExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, | ||
| 5234 | unsigned NumIndexExprs); | ||
| 5235 | |||
| 5236 |   /// Returns the number of designators in this initializer. | ||
| 5237 | unsigned size() const { return NumDesignators; } | ||
| 5238 | |||
| 5239 |   // Iterator access to the designators. | ||
| 5240 | llvm::MutableArrayRef<Designator> designators() { | ||
| 5241 | return {Designators, NumDesignators}; | ||
| 5242 |   } | ||
| 5243 | |||
| 5244 | llvm::ArrayRef<Designator> designators() const { | ||
| 5245 | return {Designators, NumDesignators}; | ||
| 5246 |   } | ||
| 5247 | |||
| 5248 | Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) { return &designators()[Idx]; } | ||
| 5249 | const Designator *getDesignator(unsigned Idx) const { | ||
| 5250 | return &designators()[Idx]; | ||
| 5251 |   } | ||
| 5252 | |||
| 5253 | void setDesignators(const ASTContext &C, const Designator *Desigs, | ||
| 5254 | unsigned NumDesigs); | ||
| 5255 | |||
| 5256 | Expr *getArrayIndex(const Designator &D) const; | ||
| 5257 | Expr *getArrayRangeStart(const Designator &D) const; | ||
| 5258 | Expr *getArrayRangeEnd(const Designator &D) const; | ||
| 5259 | |||
| 5260 |   /// Retrieve the location of the '=' that precedes the | ||
| 5261 |   /// initializer value itself, if present. | ||
| 5262 | SourceLocation getEqualOrColonLoc() const { return EqualOrColonLoc; } | ||
| 5263 | void setEqualOrColonLoc(SourceLocation L) { EqualOrColonLoc = L; } | ||
| 5264 | |||
| 5265 |   /// Whether this designated initializer should result in direct-initialization | ||
| 5266 |   /// of the designated subobject (eg, '{.foo{1, 2, 3}}'). | ||
| 5267 | bool isDirectInit() const { return EqualOrColonLoc.isInvalid(); } | ||
| 5268 | |||
| 5269 |   /// Determines whether this designated initializer used the | ||
| 5270 |   /// deprecated GNU syntax for designated initializers. | ||
| 5271 | bool usesGNUSyntax() const { return GNUSyntax; } | ||
| 5272 | void setGNUSyntax(bool GNU) { GNUSyntax = GNU; } | ||
| 5273 | |||
| 5274 |   /// Retrieve the initializer value. | ||
| 5275 | Expr *getInit() const { | ||
| 5276 | return cast<Expr>(*const_cast<DesignatedInitExpr*>(this)->child_begin()); | ||
| 5277 |   } | ||
| 5278 | |||
| 5279 | void setInit(Expr *init) { | ||
| 5280 | *child_begin() = init; | ||
| 5281 |   } | ||
| 5282 | |||
| 5283 |   /// Retrieve the total number of subexpressions in this | ||
| 5284 |   /// designated initializer expression, including the actual | ||
| 5285 |   /// initialized value and any expressions that occur within array | ||
| 5286 |   /// and array-range designators. | ||
| 5287 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; } | ||
| 5288 | |||
| 5289 | Expr *getSubExpr(unsigned Idx) const { | ||
| 5290 | assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range"); | ||
| 5291 | return cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[Idx]); | ||
| 5292 |   } | ||
| 5293 | |||
| 5294 | void setSubExpr(unsigned Idx, Expr *E) { | ||
| 5295 | assert(Idx < NumSubExprs && "Subscript out of range"); | ||
| 5296 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[Idx] = E; | ||
| 5297 |   } | ||
| 5298 | |||
| 5299 |   /// Replaces the designator at index @p Idx with the series | ||
| 5300 |   /// of designators in [First, Last). | ||
| 5301 | void ExpandDesignator(const ASTContext &C, unsigned Idx, | ||
| 5302 | const Designator *First, const Designator *Last); | ||
| 5303 | |||
| 5304 | SourceRange getDesignatorsSourceRange() const; | ||
| 5305 | |||
| 5306 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 5307 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 5308 | |||
| 5309 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 5310 | return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitExprClass; | ||
| 5311 |   } | ||
| 5312 | |||
| 5313 |   // Iterators | ||
| 5314 | child_range children() { | ||
| 5315 | Stmt **begin = getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); | ||
| 5316 | return child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs); | ||
| 5317 |   } | ||
| 5318 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 5319 | Stmt * const *begin = getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(); | ||
| 5320 | return const_child_range(begin, begin + NumSubExprs); | ||
| 5321 |   } | ||
| 5322 | |||
| 5323 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 5324 | }; | ||
| 5325 | |||
| 5326 | /// Represents a place-holder for an object not to be initialized by | ||
| 5327 | /// anything. | ||
| 5328 | /// | ||
| 5329 | /// This only makes sense when it appears as part of an updater of a | ||
| 5330 | /// DesignatedInitUpdateExpr (see below). The base expression of a DIUE | ||
| 5331 | /// initializes a big object, and the NoInitExpr's mark the spots within the | ||
| 5332 | /// big object not to be overwritten by the updater. | ||
| 5333 | /// | ||
| 5334 | /// \see DesignatedInitUpdateExpr | ||
| 5335 | class NoInitExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 5336 | public: | ||
| 5337 | explicit NoInitExpr(QualType ty) | ||
| 5338 | : Expr(NoInitExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { | ||
| 5339 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 5340 |   } | ||
| 5341 | |||
| 5342 | explicit NoInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 5343 | : Expr(NoInitExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 5344 | |||
| 5345 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 5346 | return T->getStmtClass() == NoInitExprClass; | ||
| 5347 |   } | ||
| 5348 | |||
| 5349 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } | ||
| 5350 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } | ||
| 5351 | |||
| 5352 |   // Iterators | ||
| 5353 | child_range children() { | ||
| 5354 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 5355 |   } | ||
| 5356 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 5357 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 5358 |   } | ||
| 5359 | }; | ||
| 5360 | |||
| 5361 | // In cases like: | ||
| 5362 | //   struct Q { int a, b, c; }; | ||
| 5363 | //   Q *getQ(); | ||
| 5364 | //   void foo() { | ||
| 5365 | //     struct A { Q q; } a = { *getQ(), .q.b = 3 }; | ||
| 5366 | //   } | ||
| 5367 | // | ||
| 5368 | // We will have an InitListExpr for a, with type A, and then a | ||
| 5369 | // DesignatedInitUpdateExpr for "a.q" with type Q. The "base" for this DIUE | ||
| 5370 | // is the call expression *getQ(); the "updater" for the DIUE is ".q.b = 3" | ||
| 5371 | // | ||
| 5372 | class DesignatedInitUpdateExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 5373 |   // BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] is the base expression; | ||
| 5374 |   // BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1] is an InitListExpr overwriting part of the base. | ||
| 5375 | Stmt *BaseAndUpdaterExprs[2]; | ||
| 5376 | |||
| 5377 | public: | ||
| 5378 | DesignatedInitUpdateExpr(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation lBraceLoc, | ||
| 5379 | Expr *baseExprs, SourceLocation rBraceLoc); | ||
| 5380 | |||
| 5381 | explicit DesignatedInitUpdateExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 5382 | : Expr(DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 5383 | |||
| 5384 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 5385 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY; | ||
| 5386 | |||
| 5387 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 5388 | return T->getStmtClass() == DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass; | ||
| 5389 |   } | ||
| 5390 | |||
| 5391 | Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0]); } | ||
| 5392 | void setBase(Expr *Base) { BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] = Base; } | ||
| 5393 | |||
| 5394 | InitListExpr *getUpdater() const { | ||
| 5395 | return cast<InitListExpr>(BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1]); | ||
| 5396 |   } | ||
| 5397 | void setUpdater(Expr *Updater) { BaseAndUpdaterExprs[1] = Updater; } | ||
| 5398 | |||
| 5399 |   // Iterators | ||
| 5400 |   // children = the base and the updater | ||
| 5401 | child_range children() { | ||
| 5402 | return child_range(&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0], &BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] + 2); | ||
| 5403 |   } | ||
| 5404 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 5405 | return const_child_range(&BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0], | ||
| 5406 | &BaseAndUpdaterExprs[0] + 2); | ||
| 5407 |   } | ||
| 5408 | }; | ||
| 5409 | |||
| 5410 | /// Represents a loop initializing the elements of an array. | ||
| 5411 | /// | ||
| 5412 | /// The need to initialize the elements of an array occurs in a number of | ||
| 5413 | /// contexts: | ||
| 5414 | /// | ||
| 5415 | ///  * in the implicit copy/move constructor for a class with an array member | ||
| 5416 | ///  * when a lambda-expression captures an array by value | ||
| 5417 | ///  * when a decomposition declaration decomposes an array | ||
| 5418 | /// | ||
| 5419 | /// There are two subexpressions: a common expression (the source array) | ||
| 5420 | /// that is evaluated once up-front, and a per-element initializer that | ||
| 5421 | /// runs once for each array element. | ||
| 5422 | /// | ||
| 5423 | /// Within the per-element initializer, the common expression may be referenced | ||
| 5424 | /// via an OpaqueValueExpr, and the current index may be obtained via an | ||
| 5425 | /// ArrayInitIndexExpr. | ||
| 5426 | class ArrayInitLoopExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 5427 | Stmt *SubExprs[2]; | ||
| 5428 | |||
| 5429 | explicit ArrayInitLoopExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 5430 | : Expr(ArrayInitLoopExprClass, Empty), SubExprs{} {} | ||
| 5431 | |||
| 5432 | public: | ||
| 5433 | explicit ArrayInitLoopExpr(QualType T, Expr *CommonInit, Expr *ElementInit) | ||
| 5434 | : Expr(ArrayInitLoopExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), | ||
| 5435 | SubExprs{CommonInit, ElementInit} { | ||
| 5436 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 5437 |   } | ||
| 5438 | |||
| 5439 |   /// Get the common subexpression shared by all initializations (the source | ||
| 5440 |   /// array). | ||
| 5441 | OpaqueValueExpr *getCommonExpr() const { | ||
| 5442 | return cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SubExprs[0]); | ||
| 5443 |   } | ||
| 5444 | |||
| 5445 |   /// Get the initializer to use for each array element. | ||
| 5446 | Expr *getSubExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[1]); } | ||
| 5447 | |||
| 5448 | llvm::APInt getArraySize() const { | ||
| 5449 | return cast<ConstantArrayType>(getType()->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) | ||
| 5450 | ->getSize(); | ||
| 5451 |   } | ||
| 5452 | |||
| 5453 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { | ||
| 5454 | return S->getStmtClass() == ArrayInitLoopExprClass; | ||
| 5455 |   } | ||
| 5456 | |||
| 5457 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 5458 | return getCommonExpr()->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 5459 |   } | ||
| 5460 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 5461 | return getCommonExpr()->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 5462 |   } | ||
| 5463 | |||
| 5464 | child_range children() { | ||
| 5465 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2); | ||
| 5466 |   } | ||
| 5467 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 5468 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + 2); | ||
| 5469 |   } | ||
| 5470 | |||
| 5471 | friend class ASTReader; | ||
| 5472 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 5473 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | ||
| 5474 | }; | ||
| 5475 | |||
| 5476 | /// Represents the index of the current element of an array being | ||
| 5477 | /// initialized by an ArrayInitLoopExpr. This can only appear within the | ||
| 5478 | /// subexpression of an ArrayInitLoopExpr. | ||
| 5479 | class ArrayInitIndexExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 5480 | explicit ArrayInitIndexExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 5481 | : Expr(ArrayInitIndexExprClass, Empty) {} | ||
| 5482 | |||
| 5483 | public: | ||
| 5484 | explicit ArrayInitIndexExpr(QualType T) | ||
| 5485 | : Expr(ArrayInitIndexExprClass, T, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { | ||
| 5486 | setDependence(ExprDependence::None); | ||
| 5487 |   } | ||
| 5488 | |||
| 5489 | static bool classof(const Stmt *S) { | ||
| 5490 | return S->getStmtClass() == ArrayInitIndexExprClass; | ||
| 5491 |   } | ||
| 5492 | |||
| 5493 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } | ||
| 5494 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } | ||
| 5495 | |||
| 5496 | child_range children() { | ||
| 5497 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 5498 |   } | ||
| 5499 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 5500 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 5501 |   } | ||
| 5502 | |||
| 5503 | friend class ASTReader; | ||
| 5504 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 5505 | }; | ||
| 5506 | |||
| 5507 | /// Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of | ||
| 5508 | /// an object of a given type. | ||
| 5509 | /// | ||
| 5510 | /// Implicit value initializations occur within semantic initializer | ||
| 5511 | /// list expressions (InitListExpr) as placeholders for subobject | ||
| 5512 | /// initializations not explicitly specified by the user. | ||
| 5513 | /// | ||
| 5514 | /// \see InitListExpr | ||
| 5515 | class ImplicitValueInitExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 5516 | public: | ||
| 5517 | explicit ImplicitValueInitExpr(QualType ty) | ||
| 5518 | : Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary) { | ||
| 5519 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 5520 |   } | ||
| 5521 | |||
| 5522 |   /// Construct an empty implicit value initialization. | ||
| 5523 | explicit ImplicitValueInitExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 5524 | : Expr(ImplicitValueInitExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 5525 | |||
| 5526 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 5527 | return T->getStmtClass() == ImplicitValueInitExprClass; | ||
| 5528 |   } | ||
| 5529 | |||
| 5530 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } | ||
| 5531 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return SourceLocation(); } | ||
| 5532 | |||
| 5533 |   // Iterators | ||
| 5534 | child_range children() { | ||
| 5535 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 5536 |   } | ||
| 5537 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 5538 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 5539 |   } | ||
| 5540 | }; | ||
| 5541 | |||
| 5542 | class ParenListExpr final | ||
| 5543 | : public Expr, | ||
| 5544 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ParenListExpr, Stmt *> { | ||
| 5545 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 5546 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 5547 | |||
| 5548 |   /// The location of the left and right parentheses. | ||
| 5549 |   SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 5550 | |||
| 5551 |   /// Build a paren list. | ||
| 5552 | ParenListExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, | ||
| 5553 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); | ||
| 5554 | |||
| 5555 |   /// Build an empty paren list. | ||
| 5556 | ParenListExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumExprs); | ||
| 5557 | |||
| 5558 | public: | ||
| 5559 |   /// Create a paren list. | ||
| 5560 | static ParenListExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||
| 5561 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, | ||
| 5562 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); | ||
| 5563 | |||
| 5564 |   /// Create an empty paren list. | ||
| 5565 | static ParenListExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumExprs); | ||
| 5566 | |||
| 5567 |   /// Return the number of expressions in this paren list. | ||
| 5568 | unsigned getNumExprs() const { return ParenListExprBits.NumExprs; } | ||
| 5569 | |||
| 5570 | Expr *getExpr(unsigned Init) { | ||
| 5571 | assert(Init < getNumExprs() && "Initializer access out of range!"); | ||
| 5572 | return getExprs()[Init]; | ||
| 5573 |   } | ||
| 5574 | |||
| 5575 | const Expr *getExpr(unsigned Init) const { | ||
| 5576 | return const_cast<ParenListExpr *>(this)->getExpr(Init); | ||
| 5577 |   } | ||
| 5578 | |||
| 5579 | Expr **getExprs() { | ||
| 5580 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()); | ||
| 5581 |   } | ||
| 5582 | |||
| 5583 | ArrayRef<Expr *> exprs() { return llvm::ArrayRef(getExprs(), getNumExprs()); } | ||
| 5584 | |||
| 5585 | SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; } | ||
| 5586 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 5587 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getLParenLoc(); } | ||
| 5588 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } | ||
| 5589 | |||
| 5590 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 5591 | return T->getStmtClass() == ParenListExprClass; | ||
| 5592 |   } | ||
| 5593 | |||
| 5594 |   // Iterators | ||
| 5595 | child_range children() { | ||
| 5596 | return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), | ||
| 5597 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + getNumExprs()); | ||
| 5598 |   } | ||
| 5599 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 5600 | return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), | ||
| 5601 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + getNumExprs()); | ||
| 5602 |   } | ||
| 5603 | }; | ||
| 5604 | |||
| 5605 | /// Represents a C11 generic selection. | ||
| 5606 | /// | ||
| 5607 | /// A generic selection (C11 6.5.1.1) contains an unevaluated controlling | ||
| 5608 | /// expression, followed by one or more generic associations.  Each generic | ||
| 5609 | /// association specifies a type name and an expression, or "default" and an | ||
| 5610 | /// expression (in which case it is known as a default generic association). | ||
| 5611 | /// The type and value of the generic selection are identical to those of its | ||
| 5612 | /// result expression, which is defined as the expression in the generic | ||
| 5613 | /// association with a type name that is compatible with the type of the | ||
| 5614 | /// controlling expression, or the expression in the default generic association | ||
| 5615 | /// if no types are compatible.  For example: | ||
| 5616 | /// | ||
| 5617 | /// @code | ||
| 5618 | /// _Generic(X, double: 1, float: 2, default: 3) | ||
| 5619 | /// @endcode | ||
| 5620 | /// | ||
| 5621 | /// The above expression evaluates to 1 if 1.0 is substituted for X, 2 if 1.0f | ||
| 5622 | /// or 3 if "hello". | ||
| 5623 | /// | ||
| 5624 | /// As an extension, generic selections are allowed in C++, where the following | ||
| 5625 | /// additional semantics apply: | ||
| 5626 | /// | ||
| 5627 | /// Any generic selection whose controlling expression is type-dependent or | ||
| 5628 | /// which names a dependent type in its association list is result-dependent, | ||
| 5629 | /// which means that the choice of result expression is dependent. | ||
| 5630 | /// Result-dependent generic associations are both type- and value-dependent. | ||
| 5631 | class GenericSelectionExpr final | ||
| 5632 | : public Expr, | ||
| 5633 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<GenericSelectionExpr, Stmt *, | ||
| 5634 | TypeSourceInfo *> { | ||
| 5635 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 5636 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | ||
| 5637 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 5638 | |||
| 5639 |   /// The number of association expressions and the index of the result | ||
| 5640 |   /// expression in the case where the generic selection expression is not | ||
| 5641 |   /// result-dependent. The result index is equal to ResultDependentIndex | ||
| 5642 |   /// if and only if the generic selection expression is result-dependent. | ||
| 5643 | unsigned NumAssocs, ResultIndex; | ||
| 5644 | enum : unsigned { | ||
| 5645 | ResultDependentIndex = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max(), | ||
| 5646 | ControllingIndex = 0, | ||
| 5647 | AssocExprStartIndex = 1 | ||
| 5648 | }; | ||
| 5649 | |||
| 5650 |   /// The location of the "default" and of the right parenthesis. | ||
| 5651 |   SourceLocation DefaultLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 5652 | |||
| 5653 |   // GenericSelectionExpr is followed by several trailing objects. | ||
| 5654 |   // They are (in order): | ||
| 5655 |   // | ||
| 5656 |   // * A single Stmt * for the controlling expression. | ||
| 5657 |   // * An array of getNumAssocs() Stmt * for the association expressions. | ||
| 5658 |   // * An array of getNumAssocs() TypeSourceInfo *, one for each of the | ||
| 5659 |   //   association expressions. | ||
| 5660 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>) const { | ||
| 5661 |     // Add one to account for the controlling expression; the remainder | ||
| 5662 |     // are the associated expressions. | ||
| 5663 | return 1 + getNumAssocs(); | ||
| 5664 |   } | ||
| 5665 | |||
| 5666 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<TypeSourceInfo *>) const { | ||
| 5667 | return getNumAssocs(); | ||
| 5668 |   } | ||
| 5669 | |||
| 5670 | template <bool Const> class AssociationIteratorTy; | ||
| 5671 |   /// Bundle together an association expression and its TypeSourceInfo. | ||
| 5672 |   /// The Const template parameter is for the const and non-const versions | ||
| 5673 |   /// of AssociationTy. | ||
| 5674 | template <bool Const> class AssociationTy { | ||
| 5675 | friend class GenericSelectionExpr; | ||
| 5676 | template <bool OtherConst> friend class AssociationIteratorTy; | ||
| 5677 | using ExprPtrTy = std::conditional_t<Const, const Expr *, Expr *>; | ||
| 5678 | using TSIPtrTy = | ||
| 5679 | std::conditional_t<Const, const TypeSourceInfo *, TypeSourceInfo *>; | ||
| 5680 |     ExprPtrTy E; | ||
| 5681 |     TSIPtrTy TSI; | ||
| 5682 | bool Selected; | ||
| 5683 | AssociationTy(ExprPtrTy E, TSIPtrTy TSI, bool Selected) | ||
| 5684 | : E(E), TSI(TSI), Selected(Selected) {} | ||
| 5685 | |||
| 5686 | public: | ||
| 5687 | ExprPtrTy getAssociationExpr() const { return E; } | ||
| 5688 | TSIPtrTy getTypeSourceInfo() const { return TSI; } | ||
| 5689 | QualType getType() const { return TSI ? TSI->getType() : QualType(); } | ||
| 5690 | bool isSelected() const { return Selected; } | ||
| 5691 | AssociationTy *operator->() { return this; } | ||
| 5692 | const AssociationTy *operator->() const { return this; } | ||
| 5693 | }; // class AssociationTy | ||
| 5694 | |||
| 5695 |   /// Iterator over const and non-const Association objects. The Association | ||
| 5696 |   /// objects are created on the fly when the iterator is dereferenced. | ||
| 5697 |   /// This abstract over how exactly the association expressions and the | ||
| 5698 |   /// corresponding TypeSourceInfo * are stored. | ||
| 5699 | template <bool Const> | ||
| 5700 |   class AssociationIteratorTy | ||
| 5701 | : public llvm::iterator_facade_base< | ||
| 5702 | AssociationIteratorTy<Const>, std::input_iterator_tag, | ||
| 5703 | AssociationTy<Const>, std::ptrdiff_t, AssociationTy<Const>, | ||
| 5704 | AssociationTy<Const>> { | ||
| 5705 | friend class GenericSelectionExpr; | ||
| 5706 |     // FIXME: This iterator could conceptually be a random access iterator, and | ||
| 5707 |     // it would be nice if we could strengthen the iterator category someday. | ||
| 5708 |     // However this iterator does not satisfy two requirements of forward | ||
| 5709 |     // iterators: | ||
| 5710 |     // a) reference = T& or reference = const T& | ||
| 5711 |     // b) If It1 and It2 are both dereferenceable, then It1 == It2 if and only | ||
| 5712 |     //    if *It1 and *It2 are bound to the same objects. | ||
| 5713 |     // An alternative design approach was discussed during review; | ||
| 5714 |     // store an Association object inside the iterator, and return a reference | ||
| 5715 |     // to it when dereferenced. This idea was discarded beacuse of nasty | ||
| 5716 |     // lifetime issues: | ||
| 5717 |     //    AssociationIterator It = ...; | ||
| 5718 |     //    const Association &Assoc = *It++; // Oops, Assoc is dangling. | ||
| 5719 | using BaseTy = typename AssociationIteratorTy::iterator_facade_base; | ||
| 5720 | using StmtPtrPtrTy = | ||
| 5721 | std::conditional_t<Const, const Stmt *const *, Stmt **>; | ||
| 5722 | using TSIPtrPtrTy = std::conditional_t<Const, const TypeSourceInfo *const *, | ||
| 5723 | TypeSourceInfo **>; | ||
| 5724 | StmtPtrPtrTy E; // = nullptr; FIXME: Once support for gcc 4.8 is dropped. | ||
| 5725 | TSIPtrPtrTy TSI; // Kept in sync with E. | ||
| 5726 | unsigned Offset = 0, SelectedOffset = 0; | ||
| 5727 | AssociationIteratorTy(StmtPtrPtrTy E, TSIPtrPtrTy TSI, unsigned Offset, | ||
| 5728 | unsigned SelectedOffset) | ||
| 5729 | : E(E), TSI(TSI), Offset(Offset), SelectedOffset(SelectedOffset) {} | ||
| 5730 | |||
| 5731 | public: | ||
| 5732 | AssociationIteratorTy() : E(nullptr), TSI(nullptr) {} | ||
| 5733 | typename BaseTy::reference operator*() const { | ||
| 5734 | return AssociationTy<Const>(cast<Expr>(*E), *TSI, | ||
| 5735 | Offset == SelectedOffset); | ||
| 5736 |     } | ||
| 5737 | typename BaseTy::pointer operator->() const { return **this; } | ||
| 5738 | using BaseTy::operator++; | ||
| 5739 | AssociationIteratorTy &operator++() { | ||
| 5740 | ++E; | ||
| 5741 | ++TSI; | ||
| 5742 | ++Offset; | ||
| 5743 | return *this; | ||
| 5744 |     } | ||
| 5745 | bool operator==(AssociationIteratorTy Other) const { return E == Other.E; } | ||
| 5746 | }; // class AssociationIterator | ||
| 5747 | |||
| 5748 |   /// Build a non-result-dependent generic selection expression. | ||
| 5749 | GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, | ||
| 5750 |                        Expr *ControllingExpr, | ||
| 5751 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, | ||
| 5752 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, | ||
| 5753 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||
| 5754 |                        bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, | ||
| 5755 | unsigned ResultIndex); | ||
| 5756 | |||
| 5757 |   /// Build a result-dependent generic selection expression. | ||
| 5758 | GenericSelectionExpr(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, | ||
| 5759 |                        Expr *ControllingExpr, | ||
| 5760 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, | ||
| 5761 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, | ||
| 5762 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||
| 5763 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); | ||
| 5764 | |||
| 5765 |   /// Build an empty generic selection expression for deserialization. | ||
| 5766 | explicit GenericSelectionExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumAssocs); | ||
| 5767 | |||
| 5768 | public: | ||
| 5769 |   /// Create a non-result-dependent generic selection expression. | ||
| 5770 | static GenericSelectionExpr * | ||
| 5771 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, | ||
| 5772 | Expr *ControllingExpr, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, | ||
| 5773 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, | ||
| 5774 |          SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, | ||
| 5775 | unsigned ResultIndex); | ||
| 5776 | |||
| 5777 |   /// Create a result-dependent generic selection expression. | ||
| 5778 | static GenericSelectionExpr * | ||
| 5779 | Create(const ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation GenericLoc, | ||
| 5780 | Expr *ControllingExpr, ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> AssocTypes, | ||
| 5781 | ArrayRef<Expr *> AssocExprs, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, | ||
| 5782 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); | ||
| 5783 | |||
| 5784 |   /// Create an empty generic selection expression for deserialization. | ||
| 5785 | static GenericSelectionExpr *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context, | ||
| 5786 | unsigned NumAssocs); | ||
| 5787 | |||
| 5788 | using Association = AssociationTy<false>; | ||
| 5789 | using ConstAssociation = AssociationTy<true>; | ||
| 5790 | using AssociationIterator = AssociationIteratorTy<false>; | ||
| 5791 | using ConstAssociationIterator = AssociationIteratorTy<true>; | ||
| 5792 | using association_range = llvm::iterator_range<AssociationIterator>; | ||
| 5793 | using const_association_range = | ||
| 5794 | llvm::iterator_range<ConstAssociationIterator>; | ||
| 5795 | |||
| 5796 |   /// The number of association expressions. | ||
| 5797 | unsigned getNumAssocs() const { return NumAssocs; } | ||
| 5798 | |||
| 5799 |   /// The zero-based index of the result expression's generic association in | ||
| 5800 |   /// the generic selection's association list.  Defined only if the | ||
| 5801 |   /// generic selection is not result-dependent. | ||
| 5802 | unsigned getResultIndex() const { | ||
| 5803 | assert(!isResultDependent() && | ||
| 5804 | "Generic selection is result-dependent but getResultIndex called!"); | ||
| 5805 | return ResultIndex; | ||
| 5806 |   } | ||
| 5807 | |||
| 5808 |   /// Whether this generic selection is result-dependent. | ||
| 5809 | bool isResultDependent() const { return ResultIndex == ResultDependentIndex; } | ||
| 5810 | |||
| 5811 |   /// Return the controlling expression of this generic selection expression. | ||
| 5812 | Expr *getControllingExpr() { | ||
| 5813 | return cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[ControllingIndex]); | ||
| 5814 |   } | ||
| 5815 | const Expr *getControllingExpr() const { | ||
| 5816 | return cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[ControllingIndex]); | ||
| 5817 |   } | ||
| 5818 | |||
| 5819 |   /// Return the result expression of this controlling expression. Defined if | ||
| 5820 |   /// and only if the generic selection expression is not result-dependent. | ||
| 5821 | Expr *getResultExpr() { | ||
| 5822 | return cast<Expr>( | ||
| 5823 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[AssocExprStartIndex + getResultIndex()]); | ||
| 5824 |   } | ||
| 5825 | const Expr *getResultExpr() const { | ||
| 5826 | return cast<Expr>( | ||
| 5827 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[AssocExprStartIndex + getResultIndex()]); | ||
| 5828 |   } | ||
| 5829 | |||
| 5830 | ArrayRef<Expr *> getAssocExprs() const { | ||
| 5831 | return {reinterpret_cast<Expr *const *>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + | ||
| 5832 |                                             AssocExprStartIndex), | ||
| 5833 | NumAssocs}; | ||
| 5834 |   } | ||
| 5835 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> getAssocTypeSourceInfos() const { | ||
| 5836 | return {getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>(), NumAssocs}; | ||
| 5837 |   } | ||
| 5838 | |||
| 5839 |   /// Return the Ith association expression with its TypeSourceInfo, | ||
| 5840 |   /// bundled together in GenericSelectionExpr::(Const)Association. | ||
| 5841 | Association getAssociation(unsigned I) { | ||
| 5842 | assert(I < getNumAssocs() && | ||
| 5843 | "Out-of-range index in GenericSelectionExpr::getAssociation!"); | ||
| 5844 | return Association( | ||
| 5845 | cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[AssocExprStartIndex + I]), | ||
| 5846 | getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>()[I], | ||
| 5847 | !isResultDependent() && (getResultIndex() == I)); | ||
| 5848 |   } | ||
| 5849 | ConstAssociation getAssociation(unsigned I) const { | ||
| 5850 | assert(I < getNumAssocs() && | ||
| 5851 | "Out-of-range index in GenericSelectionExpr::getAssociation!"); | ||
| 5852 | return ConstAssociation( | ||
| 5853 | cast<Expr>(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>()[AssocExprStartIndex + I]), | ||
| 5854 | getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>()[I], | ||
| 5855 | !isResultDependent() && (getResultIndex() == I)); | ||
| 5856 |   } | ||
| 5857 | |||
| 5858 | association_range associations() { | ||
| 5859 | AssociationIterator Begin(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + | ||
| 5860 | AssocExprStartIndex, | ||
| 5861 | getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>(), | ||
| 5862 | /*Offset=*/0, ResultIndex); | ||
| 5863 | AssociationIterator End(Begin.E + NumAssocs, Begin.TSI + NumAssocs, | ||
| 5864 | /*Offset=*/NumAssocs, ResultIndex); | ||
| 5865 | return llvm::make_range(Begin, End); | ||
| 5866 |   } | ||
| 5867 | |||
| 5868 | const_association_range associations() const { | ||
| 5869 | ConstAssociationIterator Begin(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + | ||
| 5870 | AssocExprStartIndex, | ||
| 5871 | getTrailingObjects<TypeSourceInfo *>(), | ||
| 5872 | /*Offset=*/0, ResultIndex); | ||
| 5873 | ConstAssociationIterator End(Begin.E + NumAssocs, Begin.TSI + NumAssocs, | ||
| 5874 | /*Offset=*/NumAssocs, ResultIndex); | ||
| 5875 | return llvm::make_range(Begin, End); | ||
| 5876 |   } | ||
| 5877 | |||
| 5878 | SourceLocation getGenericLoc() const { | ||
| 5879 | return GenericSelectionExprBits.GenericLoc; | ||
| 5880 |   } | ||
| 5881 | SourceLocation getDefaultLoc() const { return DefaultLoc; } | ||
| 5882 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 5883 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return getGenericLoc(); } | ||
| 5884 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return getRParenLoc(); } | ||
| 5885 | |||
| 5886 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 5887 | return T->getStmtClass() == GenericSelectionExprClass; | ||
| 5888 |   } | ||
| 5889 | |||
| 5890 | child_range children() { | ||
| 5891 | return child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), | ||
| 5892 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + | ||
| 5893 | numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>())); | ||
| 5894 |   } | ||
| 5895 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 5896 | return const_child_range(getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>(), | ||
| 5897 | getTrailingObjects<Stmt *>() + | ||
| 5898 | numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>())); | ||
| 5899 |   } | ||
| 5900 | }; | ||
| 5901 | |||
| 5902 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||
| 5903 | // Clang Extensions | ||
| 5904 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||
| 5905 | |||
| 5906 | /// ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a | ||
| 5907 | /// vector, and may occur on the left hand side or right hand side.  For example | ||
| 5908 | /// the following is legal:  "V.xy = V.zw" if V is a 4 element extended vector. | ||
| 5909 | /// | ||
| 5910 | /// Note that the base may have either vector or pointer to vector type, just | ||
| 5911 | /// like a struct field reference. | ||
| 5912 | /// | ||
| 5913 | class ExtVectorElementExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 5914 | Stmt *Base; | ||
| 5915 | IdentifierInfo *Accessor; | ||
| 5916 |   SourceLocation AccessorLoc; | ||
| 5917 | public: | ||
| 5918 | ExtVectorElementExpr(QualType ty, ExprValueKind VK, Expr *base, | ||
| 5919 | IdentifierInfo &accessor, SourceLocation loc) | ||
| 5920 | : Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, ty, VK, | ||
| 5921 | (VK == VK_PRValue ? OK_Ordinary : OK_VectorComponent)), | ||
| 5922 | Base(base), Accessor(&accessor), AccessorLoc(loc) { | ||
| 5923 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 5924 |   } | ||
| 5925 | |||
| 5926 |   /// Build an empty vector element expression. | ||
| 5927 | explicit ExtVectorElementExpr(EmptyShell Empty) | ||
| 5928 | : Expr(ExtVectorElementExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 5929 | |||
| 5930 | const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(Base); } | ||
| 5931 | Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(Base); } | ||
| 5932 | void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; } | ||
| 5933 | |||
| 5934 | IdentifierInfo &getAccessor() const { return *Accessor; } | ||
| 5935 | void setAccessor(IdentifierInfo *II) { Accessor = II; } | ||
| 5936 | |||
| 5937 | SourceLocation getAccessorLoc() const { return AccessorLoc; } | ||
| 5938 | void setAccessorLoc(SourceLocation L) { AccessorLoc = L; } | ||
| 5939 | |||
| 5940 |   /// getNumElements - Get the number of components being selected. | ||
| 5941 | unsigned getNumElements() const; | ||
| 5942 | |||
| 5943 |   /// containsDuplicateElements - Return true if any element access is | ||
| 5944 |   /// repeated. | ||
| 5945 | bool containsDuplicateElements() const; | ||
| 5946 | |||
| 5947 |   /// getEncodedElementAccess - Encode the elements accessed into an llvm | ||
| 5948 |   /// aggregate Constant of ConstantInt(s). | ||
| 5949 | void getEncodedElementAccess(SmallVectorImpl<uint32_t> &Elts) const; | ||
| 5950 | |||
| 5951 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 5952 | return getBase()->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 5953 |   } | ||
| 5954 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return AccessorLoc; } | ||
| 5955 | |||
| 5956 |   /// isArrow - Return true if the base expression is a pointer to vector, | ||
| 5957 |   /// return false if the base expression is a vector. | ||
| 5958 | bool isArrow() const; | ||
| 5959 | |||
| 5960 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 5961 | return T->getStmtClass() == ExtVectorElementExprClass; | ||
| 5962 |   } | ||
| 5963 | |||
| 5964 |   // Iterators | ||
| 5965 | child_range children() { return child_range(&Base, &Base+1); } | ||
| 5966 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 5967 | return const_child_range(&Base, &Base + 1); | ||
| 5968 |   } | ||
| 5969 | }; | ||
| 5970 | |||
| 5971 | /// BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions. | ||
| 5972 | /// ^{ statement-body }   or   ^(int arg1, float arg2){ statement-body } | ||
| 5973 | class BlockExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 5974 | protected: | ||
| 5975 | BlockDecl *TheBlock; | ||
| 5976 | public: | ||
| 5977 | BlockExpr(BlockDecl *BD, QualType ty) | ||
| 5978 | : Expr(BlockExprClass, ty, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary), TheBlock(BD) { | ||
| 5979 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 5980 |   } | ||
| 5981 | |||
| 5982 |   /// Build an empty block expression. | ||
| 5983 | explicit BlockExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(BlockExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 5984 | |||
| 5985 | const BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() const { return TheBlock; } | ||
| 5986 | BlockDecl *getBlockDecl() { return TheBlock; } | ||
| 5987 | void setBlockDecl(BlockDecl *BD) { TheBlock = BD; } | ||
| 5988 | |||
| 5989 |   // Convenience functions for probing the underlying BlockDecl. | ||
| 5990 | SourceLocation getCaretLocation() const; | ||
| 5991 | const Stmt *getBody() const; | ||
| 5992 | Stmt *getBody(); | ||
| 5993 | |||
| 5994 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 5995 | return getCaretLocation(); | ||
| 5996 |   } | ||
| 5997 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 5998 | return getBody()->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 5999 |   } | ||
| 6000 | |||
| 6001 |   /// getFunctionType - Return the underlying function type for this block. | ||
| 6002 | const FunctionProtoType *getFunctionType() const; | ||
| 6003 | |||
| 6004 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 6005 | return T->getStmtClass() == BlockExprClass; | ||
| 6006 |   } | ||
| 6007 | |||
| 6008 |   // Iterators | ||
| 6009 | child_range children() { | ||
| 6010 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 6011 |   } | ||
| 6012 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 6013 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 6014 |   } | ||
| 6015 | }; | ||
| 6016 | |||
| 6017 | /// Copy initialization expr of a __block variable and a boolean flag that | ||
| 6018 | /// indicates whether the expression can throw. | ||
| 6019 | struct BlockVarCopyInit { | ||
| 6020 | BlockVarCopyInit() = default; | ||
| 6021 | BlockVarCopyInit(Expr *CopyExpr, bool CanThrow) | ||
| 6022 | : ExprAndFlag(CopyExpr, CanThrow) {} | ||
| 6023 | void setExprAndFlag(Expr *CopyExpr, bool CanThrow) { | ||
| 6024 | ExprAndFlag.setPointerAndInt(CopyExpr, CanThrow); | ||
| 6025 |   } | ||
| 6026 | Expr *getCopyExpr() const { return ExprAndFlag.getPointer(); } | ||
| 6027 | bool canThrow() const { return ExprAndFlag.getInt(); } | ||
| 6028 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 1, bool> ExprAndFlag; | ||
| 6029 | }; | ||
| 6030 | |||
| 6031 | /// AsTypeExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_astype [OpenCL 6.2.4.2] | ||
| 6032 | /// This AST node provides support for reinterpreting a type to another | ||
| 6033 | /// type of the same size. | ||
| 6034 | class AsTypeExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 6035 | private: | ||
| 6036 | Stmt *SrcExpr; | ||
| 6037 |   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 6038 | |||
| 6039 | friend class ASTReader; | ||
| 6040 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 6041 | explicit AsTypeExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, Empty) {} | ||
| 6042 | |||
| 6043 | public: | ||
| 6044 | AsTypeExpr(Expr *SrcExpr, QualType DstType, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 6045 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||
| 6046 |              SourceLocation RParenLoc) | ||
| 6047 | : Expr(AsTypeExprClass, DstType, VK, OK), SrcExpr(SrcExpr), | ||
| 6048 | BuiltinLoc(BuiltinLoc), RParenLoc(RParenLoc) { | ||
| 6049 | setDependence(computeDependence(this)); | ||
| 6050 |   } | ||
| 6051 | |||
| 6052 |   /// getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted. | ||
| 6053 | Expr *getSrcExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(SrcExpr); } | ||
| 6054 | |||
| 6055 |   /// getBuiltinLoc - Return the location of the __builtin_astype token. | ||
| 6056 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 6057 | |||
| 6058 |   /// getRParenLoc - Return the location of final right parenthesis. | ||
| 6059 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 6060 | |||
| 6061 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 6062 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 6063 | |||
| 6064 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 6065 | return T->getStmtClass() == AsTypeExprClass; | ||
| 6066 |   } | ||
| 6067 | |||
| 6068 |   // Iterators | ||
| 6069 | child_range children() { return child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr+1); } | ||
| 6070 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 6071 | return const_child_range(&SrcExpr, &SrcExpr + 1); | ||
| 6072 |   } | ||
| 6073 | }; | ||
| 6074 | |||
| 6075 | /// PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object | ||
| 6076 | /// l-value.  A pseudo-object is an abstract object, accesses to which | ||
| 6077 | /// are translated to calls.  The pseudo-object expression has a | ||
| 6078 | /// syntactic form, which shows how the expression was actually | ||
| 6079 | /// written in the source code, and a semantic form, which is a series | ||
| 6080 | /// of expressions to be executed in order which detail how the | ||
| 6081 | /// operation is actually evaluated.  Optionally, one of the semantic | ||
| 6082 | /// forms may also provide a result value for the expression. | ||
| 6083 | /// | ||
| 6084 | /// If any of the semantic-form expressions is an OpaqueValueExpr, | ||
| 6085 | /// that OVE is required to have a source expression, and it is bound | ||
| 6086 | /// to the result of that source expression.  Such OVEs may appear | ||
| 6087 | /// only in subsequent semantic-form expressions and as | ||
| 6088 | /// sub-expressions of the syntactic form. | ||
| 6089 | /// | ||
| 6090 | /// PseudoObjectExpr should be used only when an operation can be | ||
| 6091 | /// usefully described in terms of fairly simple rewrite rules on | ||
| 6092 | /// objects and functions that are meant to be used by end-developers. | ||
| 6093 | /// For example, under the Itanium ABI, dynamic casts are implemented | ||
| 6094 | /// as a call to a runtime function called __dynamic_cast; using this | ||
| 6095 | /// class to describe that would be inappropriate because that call is | ||
| 6096 | /// not really part of the user-visible semantics, and instead the | ||
| 6097 | /// cast is properly reflected in the AST and IR-generation has been | ||
| 6098 | /// taught to generate the call as necessary.  In contrast, an | ||
| 6099 | /// Objective-C property access is semantically defined to be | ||
| 6100 | /// equivalent to a particular message send, and this is very much | ||
| 6101 | /// part of the user model.  The name of this class encourages this | ||
| 6102 | /// modelling design. | ||
| 6103 | class PseudoObjectExpr final | ||
| 6104 | : public Expr, | ||
| 6105 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PseudoObjectExpr, Expr *> { | ||
| 6106 |   // PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs - The number of sub-expressions. | ||
| 6107 |   // Always at least two, because the first sub-expression is the | ||
| 6108 |   // syntactic form. | ||
| 6109 | |||
| 6110 |   // PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - The index of the | ||
| 6111 |   // sub-expression holding the result.  0 means the result is void, | ||
| 6112 |   // which is unambiguous because it's the index of the syntactic | ||
| 6113 |   // form.  Note that this is therefore 1 higher than the value passed | ||
| 6114 |   // in to Create, which is an index within the semantic forms. | ||
| 6115 |   // Note also that ASTStmtWriter assumes this encoding. | ||
| 6116 | |||
| 6117 | Expr **getSubExprsBuffer() { return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); } | ||
| 6118 | const Expr * const *getSubExprsBuffer() const { | ||
| 6119 | return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); | ||
| 6120 |   } | ||
| 6121 | |||
| 6122 |   PseudoObjectExpr(QualType type, ExprValueKind VK, | ||
| 6123 | Expr *syntactic, ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic, | ||
| 6124 | unsigned resultIndex); | ||
| 6125 | |||
| 6126 | PseudoObjectExpr(EmptyShell shell, unsigned numSemanticExprs); | ||
| 6127 | |||
| 6128 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { | ||
| 6129 | return PseudoObjectExprBits.NumSubExprs; | ||
| 6130 |   } | ||
| 6131 | |||
| 6132 | public: | ||
| 6133 |   /// NoResult - A value for the result index indicating that there is | ||
| 6134 |   /// no semantic result. | ||
| 6135 | enum : unsigned { NoResult = ~0U }; | ||
| 6136 | |||
| 6137 | static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *syntactic, | ||
| 6138 | ArrayRef<Expr*> semantic, | ||
| 6139 | unsigned resultIndex); | ||
| 6140 | |||
| 6141 | static PseudoObjectExpr *Create(const ASTContext &Context, EmptyShell shell, | ||
| 6142 | unsigned numSemanticExprs); | ||
| 6143 | |||
| 6144 |   /// Return the syntactic form of this expression, i.e. the | ||
| 6145 |   /// expression it actually looks like.  Likely to be expressed in | ||
| 6146 |   /// terms of OpaqueValueExprs bound in the semantic form. | ||
| 6147 | Expr *getSyntacticForm() { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; } | ||
| 6148 | const Expr *getSyntacticForm() const { return getSubExprsBuffer()[0]; } | ||
| 6149 | |||
| 6150 |   /// Return the index of the result-bearing expression into the semantics | ||
| 6151 |   /// expressions, or PseudoObjectExpr::NoResult if there is none. | ||
| 6152 | unsigned getResultExprIndex() const { | ||
| 6153 | if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0) return NoResult; | ||
| 6154 | return PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex - 1; | ||
| 6155 |   } | ||
| 6156 | |||
| 6157 |   /// Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none. | ||
| 6158 | Expr *getResultExpr() { | ||
| 6159 | if (PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex == 0) | ||
| 6160 | return nullptr; | ||
| 6161 | return getSubExprsBuffer()[PseudoObjectExprBits.ResultIndex]; | ||
| 6162 |   } | ||
| 6163 | const Expr *getResultExpr() const { | ||
| 6164 | return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getResultExpr(); | ||
| 6165 |   } | ||
| 6166 | |||
| 6167 | unsigned getNumSemanticExprs() const { return getNumSubExprs() - 1; } | ||
| 6168 | |||
| 6169 | typedef Expr * const *semantics_iterator; | ||
| 6170 | typedef const Expr * const *const_semantics_iterator; | ||
| 6171 | semantics_iterator semantics_begin() { | ||
| 6172 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1; | ||
| 6173 |   } | ||
| 6174 | const_semantics_iterator semantics_begin() const { | ||
| 6175 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + 1; | ||
| 6176 |   } | ||
| 6177 | semantics_iterator semantics_end() { | ||
| 6178 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs(); | ||
| 6179 |   } | ||
| 6180 | const_semantics_iterator semantics_end() const { | ||
| 6181 | return getSubExprsBuffer() + getNumSubExprs(); | ||
| 6182 |   } | ||
| 6183 | |||
| 6184 | llvm::iterator_range<semantics_iterator> semantics() { | ||
| 6185 | return llvm::make_range(semantics_begin(), semantics_end()); | ||
| 6186 |   } | ||
| 6187 | llvm::iterator_range<const_semantics_iterator> semantics() const { | ||
| 6188 | return llvm::make_range(semantics_begin(), semantics_end()); | ||
| 6189 |   } | ||
| 6190 | |||
| 6191 | Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) { | ||
| 6192 | assert(index + 1 < getNumSubExprs()); | ||
| 6193 | return getSubExprsBuffer()[index + 1]; | ||
| 6194 |   } | ||
| 6195 | const Expr *getSemanticExpr(unsigned index) const { | ||
| 6196 | return const_cast<PseudoObjectExpr*>(this)->getSemanticExpr(index); | ||
| 6197 |   } | ||
| 6198 | |||
| 6199 | SourceLocation getExprLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 6200 | return getSyntacticForm()->getExprLoc(); | ||
| 6201 |   } | ||
| 6202 | |||
| 6203 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 6204 | return getSyntacticForm()->getBeginLoc(); | ||
| 6205 |   } | ||
| 6206 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { | ||
| 6207 | return getSyntacticForm()->getEndLoc(); | ||
| 6208 |   } | ||
| 6209 | |||
| 6210 | child_range children() { | ||
| 6211 |     const_child_range CCR = | ||
| 6212 | const_cast<const PseudoObjectExpr *>(this)->children(); | ||
| 6213 | return child_range(cast_away_const(CCR.begin()), | ||
| 6214 | cast_away_const(CCR.end())); | ||
| 6215 |   } | ||
| 6216 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 6217 | Stmt *const *cs = const_cast<Stmt *const *>( | ||
| 6218 | reinterpret_cast<const Stmt *const *>(getSubExprsBuffer())); | ||
| 6219 | return const_child_range(cs, cs + getNumSubExprs()); | ||
| 6220 |   } | ||
| 6221 | |||
| 6222 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 6223 | return T->getStmtClass() == PseudoObjectExprClass; | ||
| 6224 |   } | ||
| 6225 | |||
| 6226 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 6227 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 6228 | }; | ||
| 6229 | |||
| 6230 | /// AtomicExpr - Variadic atomic builtins: __atomic_exchange, __atomic_fetch_*, | ||
| 6231 | /// __atomic_load, __atomic_store, and __atomic_compare_exchange_*, for the | ||
| 6232 | /// similarly-named C++11 instructions, and __c11 variants for <stdatomic.h>, | ||
| 6233 | /// and corresponding __opencl_atomic_* for OpenCL 2.0. | ||
| 6234 | /// All of these instructions take one primary pointer, at least one memory | ||
| 6235 | /// order. The instructions for which getScopeModel returns non-null value | ||
| 6236 | /// take one synch scope. | ||
| 6237 | class AtomicExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 6238 | public: | ||
| 6239 | enum AtomicOp { | ||
| 6240 | #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) | ||
| 6241 | #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) AO ## ID, | ||
| 6242 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def" | ||
| 6243 |     // Avoid trailing comma | ||
| 6244 | BI_First = 0 | ||
| 6245 | }; | ||
| 6246 | |||
| 6247 | private: | ||
| 6248 |   /// Location of sub-expressions. | ||
| 6249 |   /// The location of Scope sub-expression is NumSubExprs - 1, which is | ||
| 6250 |   /// not fixed, therefore is not defined in enum. | ||
| 6251 | enum { PTR, ORDER, VAL1, ORDER_FAIL, VAL2, WEAK, END_EXPR }; | ||
| 6252 | Stmt *SubExprs[END_EXPR + 1]; | ||
| 6253 | unsigned NumSubExprs; | ||
| 6254 |   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc; | ||
| 6255 |   AtomicOp Op; | ||
| 6256 | |||
| 6257 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 6258 | public: | ||
| 6259 | AtomicExpr(SourceLocation BLoc, ArrayRef<Expr*> args, QualType t, | ||
| 6260 | AtomicOp op, SourceLocation RP); | ||
| 6261 | |||
| 6262 |   /// Determine the number of arguments the specified atomic builtin | ||
| 6263 |   /// should have. | ||
| 6264 | static unsigned getNumSubExprs(AtomicOp Op); | ||
| 6265 | |||
| 6266 |   /// Build an empty AtomicExpr. | ||
| 6267 | explicit AtomicExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(AtomicExprClass, Empty) { } | ||
| 6268 | |||
| 6269 | Expr *getPtr() const { | ||
| 6270 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[PTR]); | ||
| 6271 |   } | ||
| 6272 | Expr *getOrder() const { | ||
| 6273 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]); | ||
| 6274 |   } | ||
| 6275 | Expr *getScope() const { | ||
| 6276 | assert(getScopeModel() && "No scope"); | ||
| 6277 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[NumSubExprs - 1]); | ||
| 6278 |   } | ||
| 6279 | Expr *getVal1() const { | ||
| 6280 | if (Op == AO__c11_atomic_init || Op == AO__opencl_atomic_init) | ||
| 6281 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER]); | ||
| 6282 | assert(NumSubExprs > VAL1); | ||
| 6283 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL1]); | ||
| 6284 |   } | ||
| 6285 | Expr *getOrderFail() const { | ||
| 6286 | assert(NumSubExprs > ORDER_FAIL); | ||
| 6287 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]); | ||
| 6288 |   } | ||
| 6289 | Expr *getVal2() const { | ||
| 6290 | if (Op == AO__atomic_exchange) | ||
| 6291 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[ORDER_FAIL]); | ||
| 6292 | assert(NumSubExprs > VAL2); | ||
| 6293 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[VAL2]); | ||
| 6294 |   } | ||
| 6295 | Expr *getWeak() const { | ||
| 6296 | assert(NumSubExprs > WEAK); | ||
| 6297 | return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[WEAK]); | ||
| 6298 |   } | ||
| 6299 | QualType getValueType() const; | ||
| 6300 | |||
| 6301 | AtomicOp getOp() const { return Op; } | ||
| 6302 | unsigned getNumSubExprs() const { return NumSubExprs; } | ||
| 6303 | |||
| 6304 | Expr **getSubExprs() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(SubExprs); } | ||
| 6305 | const Expr * const *getSubExprs() const { | ||
| 6306 | return reinterpret_cast<Expr * const *>(SubExprs); | ||
| 6307 |   } | ||
| 6308 | |||
| 6309 | bool isVolatile() const { | ||
| 6310 | return getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified(); | ||
| 6311 |   } | ||
| 6312 | |||
| 6313 | bool isCmpXChg() const { | ||
| 6314 | return getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong || | ||
| 6315 | getOp() == AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak || | ||
| 6316 | getOp() == AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_strong || | ||
| 6317 | getOp() == AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong || | ||
| 6318 | getOp() == AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_weak || | ||
| 6319 | getOp() == AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_weak || | ||
| 6320 | getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange || | ||
| 6321 | getOp() == AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n; | ||
| 6322 |   } | ||
| 6323 | |||
| 6324 | bool isOpenCL() const { | ||
| 6325 | return getOp() >= AO__opencl_atomic_init && | ||
| 6326 | getOp() <= AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max; | ||
| 6327 |   } | ||
| 6328 | |||
| 6329 | SourceLocation getBuiltinLoc() const { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 6330 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 6331 | |||
| 6332 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return BuiltinLoc; } | ||
| 6333 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return RParenLoc; } | ||
| 6334 | |||
| 6335 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 6336 | return T->getStmtClass() == AtomicExprClass; | ||
| 6337 |   } | ||
| 6338 | |||
| 6339 |   // Iterators | ||
| 6340 | child_range children() { | ||
| 6341 | return child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs+NumSubExprs); | ||
| 6342 |   } | ||
| 6343 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 6344 | return const_child_range(SubExprs, SubExprs + NumSubExprs); | ||
| 6345 |   } | ||
| 6346 | |||
| 6347 |   /// Get atomic scope model for the atomic op code. | ||
| 6348 |   /// \return empty atomic scope model if the atomic op code does not have | ||
| 6349 |   ///   scope operand. | ||
| 6350 | static std::unique_ptr<AtomicScopeModel> getScopeModel(AtomicOp Op) { | ||
| 6351 | auto Kind = | ||
| 6352 | (Op >= AO__opencl_atomic_load && Op <= AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max) | ||
| 6353 | ? AtomicScopeModelKind::OpenCL | ||
| 6354 | : (Op >= AO__hip_atomic_load && Op <= AO__hip_atomic_fetch_max) | ||
| 6355 | ? AtomicScopeModelKind::HIP | ||
| 6356 | : AtomicScopeModelKind::None; | ||
| 6357 | return AtomicScopeModel::create(Kind); | ||
| 6358 |   } | ||
| 6359 | |||
| 6360 |   /// Get atomic scope model. | ||
| 6361 |   /// \return empty atomic scope model if this atomic expression does not have | ||
| 6362 |   ///   scope operand. | ||
| 6363 | std::unique_ptr<AtomicScopeModel> getScopeModel() const { | ||
| 6364 | return getScopeModel(getOp()); | ||
| 6365 |   } | ||
| 6366 | }; | ||
| 6367 | |||
| 6368 | /// TypoExpr - Internal placeholder for expressions where typo correction | ||
| 6369 | /// still needs to be performed and/or an error diagnostic emitted. | ||
| 6370 | class TypoExpr : public Expr { | ||
| 6371 |   // The location for the typo name. | ||
| 6372 |   SourceLocation TypoLoc; | ||
| 6373 | |||
| 6374 | public: | ||
| 6375 | TypoExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation TypoLoc) | ||
| 6376 | : Expr(TypoExprClass, T, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary), TypoLoc(TypoLoc) { | ||
| 6377 | assert(T->isDependentType() && "TypoExpr given a non-dependent type"); | ||
| 6378 | setDependence(ExprDependence::TypeValueInstantiation | | ||
| 6379 | ExprDependence::Error); | ||
| 6380 |   } | ||
| 6381 | |||
| 6382 | child_range children() { | ||
| 6383 | return child_range(child_iterator(), child_iterator()); | ||
| 6384 |   } | ||
| 6385 | const_child_range children() const { | ||
| 6386 | return const_child_range(const_child_iterator(), const_child_iterator()); | ||
| 6387 |   } | ||
| 6388 | |||
| 6389 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TypoLoc; } | ||
| 6390 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return TypoLoc; } | ||
| 6391 | |||
| 6392 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 6393 | return T->getStmtClass() == TypoExprClass; | ||
| 6394 |   } | ||
| 6395 | |||
| 6396 | }; | ||
| 6397 | |||
| 6398 | /// Frontend produces RecoveryExprs on semantic errors that prevent creating | ||
| 6399 | /// other well-formed expressions. E.g. when type-checking of a binary operator | ||
| 6400 | /// fails, we cannot produce a BinaryOperator expression. Instead, we can choose | ||
| 6401 | /// to produce a recovery expression storing left and right operands. | ||
| 6402 | /// | ||
| 6403 | /// RecoveryExpr does not have any semantic meaning in C++, it is only useful to | ||
| 6404 | /// preserve expressions in AST that would otherwise be dropped. It captures | ||
| 6405 | /// subexpressions of some expression that we could not construct and source | ||
| 6406 | /// range covered by the expression. | ||
| 6407 | /// | ||
| 6408 | /// By default, RecoveryExpr uses dependence-bits to take advantage of existing | ||
| 6409 | /// machinery to deal with dependent code in C++, e.g. RecoveryExpr is preserved | ||
| 6410 | /// in `decltype(<broken-expr>)` as part of the `DependentDecltypeType`. In | ||
| 6411 | /// addition to that, clang does not report most errors on dependent | ||
| 6412 | /// expressions, so we get rid of bogus errors for free. However, note that | ||
| 6413 | /// unlike other dependent expressions, RecoveryExpr can be produced in | ||
| 6414 | /// non-template contexts. | ||
| 6415 | /// | ||
| 6416 | /// We will preserve the type in RecoveryExpr when the type is known, e.g. | ||
| 6417 | /// preserving the return type for a broken non-overloaded function call, a | ||
| 6418 | /// overloaded call where all candidates have the same return type. In this | ||
| 6419 | /// case, the expression is not type-dependent (unless the known type is itself | ||
| 6420 | /// dependent) | ||
| 6421 | /// | ||
| 6422 | /// One can also reliably suppress all bogus errors on expressions containing | ||
| 6423 | /// recovery expressions by examining results of Expr::containsErrors(). | ||
| 6424 | class RecoveryExpr final : public Expr, | ||
| 6425 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<RecoveryExpr, Expr *> { | ||
| 6426 | public: | ||
| 6427 | static RecoveryExpr *Create(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T, | ||
| 6428 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, | ||
| 6429 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs); | ||
| 6430 | static RecoveryExpr *CreateEmpty(ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned NumSubExprs); | ||
| 6431 | |||
| 6432 | ArrayRef<Expr *> subExpressions() { | ||
| 6433 | auto *B = getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); | ||
| 6434 | return llvm::ArrayRef(B, B + NumExprs); | ||
| 6435 |   } | ||
| 6436 | |||
| 6437 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> subExpressions() const { | ||
| 6438 | return const_cast<RecoveryExpr *>(this)->subExpressions(); | ||
| 6439 |   } | ||
| 6440 | |||
| 6441 | child_range children() { | ||
| 6442 | Stmt **B = reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(getTrailingObjects<Expr *>()); | ||
| 6443 | return child_range(B, B + NumExprs); | ||
| 6444 |   } | ||
| 6445 | |||
| 6446 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return BeginLoc; } | ||
| 6447 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const { return EndLoc; } | ||
| 6448 | |||
| 6449 | static bool classof(const Stmt *T) { | ||
| 6450 | return T->getStmtClass() == RecoveryExprClass; | ||
| 6451 |   } | ||
| 6452 | |||
| 6453 | private: | ||
| 6454 | RecoveryExpr(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T, SourceLocation BeginLoc, | ||
| 6455 | SourceLocation EndLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs); | ||
| 6456 | RecoveryExpr(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumSubExprs) | ||
| 6457 | : Expr(RecoveryExprClass, Empty), NumExprs(NumSubExprs) {} | ||
| 6458 | |||
| 6459 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Stmt *>) const { return NumExprs; } | ||
| 6460 | |||
| 6461 |   SourceLocation BeginLoc, EndLoc; | ||
| 6462 | unsigned NumExprs; | ||
| 6463 | friend TrailingObjects; | ||
| 6464 | friend class ASTStmtReader; | ||
| 6465 | friend class ASTStmtWriter; | ||
| 6466 | }; | ||
| 6467 | |||
| 6468 | } // end namespace clang | ||
| 6469 | |||
| 6470 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_EXPR_H |